Still RX 50 en 2015 Manual Web PDF

Original instructions
Electric forklift truck
RX50-10
RX50-13
RX50-15
RX50-16
5060 5061 5063 5065 5066
55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Preface
g
Address of manufacturer and

contact details
STILL GmbH
Berzeliusstrae 10
22113 Hamburg, Germany
Tel. +49 (0) 40 7339-0
Fax: +49 (0) 40 7339-1622
Email: info@still.de
Website: http://www.still.de
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 I
Table of contents
g
1 Foreword
Your truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2
CE labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2
EC declaration of conformity in accordance with Machinery Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3
Information about documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 4
Documentation scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 4
Issue date and topicality of the operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 5
Copyright and trademark rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 5
Explanation of information symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 5
List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 6
Denition of directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 9
Schematic views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. 9
Environmental considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Disposal of components and batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2 Introduction
Use of truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 14
Proper usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 14
Proper use during towing . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 14
Impermissible use . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 14
Place of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 15
Parking in temperatures below -10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 16
Using working platforms . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 16
Residual risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 17
Residual dangers, residual risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 17
Special risks associated with using the truck and attachments . . ............... .. 18
Overview of hazards and countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 20
Danger to employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 23
3 Safety
Denition of responsible persons ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 26
Operating company . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 26
Specialist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 26
Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 27
Essentials for safe operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Insurance cover on company premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 III

Table of contents
g
Changes and retrotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 29

Changes to the overhead guard and roof loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 32
Warning regarding non-original parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 32
Damage, defects and misuse of safety systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 33
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 33
Medical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 34
Exercise caution when handling gas springs and accumulators . . . . . . ............ 35
Length of the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 35
Safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Regular safety inspection of the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Insulation testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Safety regulations for handling consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 39
Permissible consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 39
Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 39
Hydraulic uid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 40
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 41
Brake uid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 42
Disposal of consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 44
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4 Overviews
General view of truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
General view of drivers compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Operating devices and display elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 53
Display and operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 53
Operating devices for hydraulic and traction functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 55
Multi-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 56
Double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 57
Three-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 58
Four-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 59
Joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 60
Fingertip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 61
Mini console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 62
Identication points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 64
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 64
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 65
Production number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 66
StVZO (Road Trafc Licensing Regulations) information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 66
IV 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Table of contents
g
5 Operation
Checks and operations prior to commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 68
Visual inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 68
Filling the washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 70
Checking the condition of the wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 71
Adjusting the GS15 drivers seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 72
Adjusting the MSG 65/MSG 75 drivers seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 74
Adjusting the armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 77
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 79
Climbing on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 79
Connecting the battery male connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 81
Shelf and cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 81
Unlocking the emergency off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 82
Switching on the key switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 83
Access authorisation with PIN code (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 86
Operating the signal horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 96
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 97
Checking the brake system for correct function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 99
Checking the steering system for correct function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 100
Checking the emergency stop function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 101
Zero adjustment of the load measurement (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 101
Checking the vertical lift mast position (variant) for correct function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 103
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 104
Safety regulations when driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 104
Driveways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 106
Setting the drive programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 108
Reducing speed with a raised load (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 109
Special overhead guard for drive-in racks (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 109
Selecting the drive direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 111
Actuating the drive direction switch, multiple-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 112
Actuating the drive direction switch, mini-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 112
Actuating the vertical rocker switch for the "drive direction", joystick 4Plus version . . .. 113
Actuate the drive direction switch, ngertip version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 113
Actuating the drive direction switch, mini-console version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 114
Starting drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 114
Starting drive mode, dual-pedal version (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 116
Operating the service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 119
Actuating the mechanical parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 120
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 121
Reducing speed when turning (Curve Speed Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 122
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 V
Table of contents
g
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 123

Lifting system variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 123
Automatic lift cut out (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 123
Lift mast vertical position (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 124
Types of lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 128
Malfunctions during lifting mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 130
Lifting system operating devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 131
Hydraulic blocking function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 132
Multi-lever lifting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 134
Controlling the lifting system using a double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 135
Controlling the lifting system using a triple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 136
Controlling the lifting system using a quadruple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . ............ 137
Controlling the lifting system using the joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 138
Controlling the lifting system with the ngertip console . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 140
Changing the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 141
Fork extension (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 143
Operation with reversible fork arms (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 145
Working with loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 147
Safety regulations when handing loads . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 147
Before taking up load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 148
Load measurement (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 149
Picking up loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 152
Danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 153
Transporting pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 154
Transport of swinging loads . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 154
Picking up a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 155
Transporting loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 159
Setting down loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 160
Driving on ascending and descending slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 162
Driving on lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 162
Driving on loading bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 164
Working with attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Fitting attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Releasing the pressure from the hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
General instructions for controlling attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Controlling attachments using multi-lever operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Controlling attachments using multi-lever operation and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Controlling attachments using a double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Controlling attachments using the double mini-lever and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Controlling attachments using a triple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Controlling attachments using the three-way mini-lever and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . 180
VI 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Table of contents
g
Controlling attachments using a quadruple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 182

Controlling attachments using the four-way mini-lever and the 5th function . . . . . ... .. 184
Controlling attachments via the joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 186
Controlling attachments using the joystick 4Plus and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . ... .. 187
Controlling the attachments with ngertip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 188
Controlling attachments with ngertip and the 5th function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 189
Clamp locking mechanism (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 191
Taking up a load using attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 195
Operation of additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 196
Switching lighting on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 197
Switching the rotating beacon on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 197
Switching the hazard warning system on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 198
Switching direction indicators on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 198
Switching the double working spotlights on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 201
Operating the windscreen wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 203
FleetManager (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 203
Accident recorder (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 204
Driver restraint systems (variants) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 204
Clipboard (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. 204
Trailer operation . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 205
Towed load . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 205
Tow coupling RO*230 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 206
Tow coupling RO*244 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 208
Towing trailers . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 210
Cold store application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Operating the display and operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 214
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 214
Adjusting the displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 217
Symbols in the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 217
Setting the date or time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 222
Resetting the daily kilometres and daily operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 222
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 223
Soft key button for operating various equipment variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 223
Conguring Blue-Q efciency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 224
Blue-Q efciency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 226
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 226
Effects on additional consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 226
Switching efciency mode Blue-Q on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 227
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Screen content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 VII

Table of contents
g
EMERGENCY SWITCH message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

SEAT SWITCH message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
SAFETY BELT message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
APPLY HANDBRAKE message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
LOWER FORKS message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
REFERENCE CYCLE message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
SERVICE BRAKE message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Operation in special operating situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 237
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 237
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 240
Crane loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 243
Behaviour in emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 247
Emergency shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 247
Procedure if truck tips over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 248
Emergency lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 248
Handling the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 251
Safety regulations when handling the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 251
Opening and closing the battery hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 254
Opening/closing the battery door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 259
Disconnecting the battery male connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 261
Battery replacement using a bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 262
Battery transport with crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 269
Changing the battery using the internal roller channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 270
Battery replacement using an external roller channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 273
Battery installation or battery replacement without onboard devices . . . ............ 277
Maintaining the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 278
Decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 282
Parking the truck securely and switching it off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 282
Wheel chock (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 284
Shutting down and storing the truck . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 284
Recommissioning after storage . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 286
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 288
Cleaning the truck . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 288
Cleaning the electrical system .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 290
Cleaning load chains . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 291
After washing . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 292
6 Maintenance
General maintenance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Personnel qualications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
VIII 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Table of contents
g
Information for carrying out maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 294

Maintenance 1000 hours/annually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 297
Maintenance - 3000 hours/every two years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 301
Ordering spare parts and wearing parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 301
Quality and quantity of the required operating materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 301
Maintenance data table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 303
Safety regulations for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 306
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 306
Working on the hydraulic equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 306
Working on the electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 306
Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 307
Set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 307
Lifting and jacking up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 307
Working at the front of the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 308
Providing access to maintenance points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Removing/installing the valve cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Removing/installing the bottom plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Removing/installing the bottom plate for dual pedal operation (variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 315
Lubricating the joints and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 315
Checking the battery hood lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 315
Maintaining the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 316
Checking the drivers seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 318
Servicing wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 318
Checking the drive axle for oil level, leaks and general condition . ............... .. 320
Checking the brake uid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 321
Checking the brake uid level sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 322
Checking the battery condition, acid level and acid density . . . . . ............... .. 324
Checking the fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 325
Changing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 327
Checking the hydraulic oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 329
Checking the hydraulic system for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 330
Lubricating the lift mast and roller track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 331
Maintenance for trucks used in cold stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 331
Maintaining the tow coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. 331
1000-hour maintenance / Annual maintenance . . . . . . . . ..... ............... .. 333
Other tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ............... .. 333
Checking the cable connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ............... .. 333
Checking accelerator pedal and brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . ..... ............... .. 333
Checking the brake system for correct operation and leaks .... ............... .. 333
Checking the dual pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ............... .. 334
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 IX
Table of contents
g
Checking the lift cylinders and connections for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Checking fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Checking the reversible fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
7 Technical data
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
VDI datasheet: RX50-10 and RX50-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
VDI datasheet: RX50-15 and RX50-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Ergonomic dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Battery specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Fuse assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
X 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
1
Foreword
1 Foreword
Your truck
Your truck
General
The truck described in these operating instruc-
tions corresponds to the applicable standards
and safety regulations.
If the truck is to be operated on public roads, it
must conform to the existing national regula-
tions for the country in which it is being used.
The driving permit must be obtained from the
appropriate ofce.
The trucks have been tted with state-of-the-
art technology. All that remains is to handle
the truck safely and maintain its functionality.
These operating instructions provide the
necessary information to do this. Read and
observe the information provided before
commissioning the truck. This will prevent
accidents and ensure that the warranty
remains valid.
CE labelling
The manufacturer uses CE labelling to indi-
cate that the truck complies with the standards
and regulations valid at the time of marketing.
This is conrmed by the issued EC declaration
of conformity. The CE labelling is attached to
the nameplate.
An independent structural change or addition
to the truck can compromise safety, thus
invalidating the EC declaration of conformity.
The EC declaration of conformity must be
carefully stored and made available to the
responsible authorities.
CE-Symbol
2 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Foreword 1
Your truck
EC declaration of conformity in accordance with Machinery Directive
Declaration
STILL GmbH
Berzeliusstrae 10
D-22113 Hamburg Germany
We declare that the
Industrial truck according to these operating instructions

Model according to these operating instructions
conforms to the latest version of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
Personnel authorised to compile the technical documents:
See EC compliance declaration
STILL GmbH
Accessories
Key for key switch (two pieces)
Hexagon socket wrench for emergency
lowering (not in multi-lever operation)
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 3
1 Foreword
Information about documentation

Documentation scope
Original operating instructions
Original operating instructions for attach-
ments (variant)
Spare parts list
VDMA rules for the proper use of industrial
trucks
These operating instructions describe all mea-
sures necessary for the safe operation and
proper maintenance of your truck in all pos-
sible variants available at the time of printing.
Special versions to meet customer require-
ments are documented in separate operating
instructions. If you have any questions, please
contact your authorised service centre.
Enter the production number and year of
manufacturer from the nameplate in the space
provided:
Production number
...............................................
Year of manufacture
...................................................
Please quote the production number during all
technical enquiries.
Each truck comes with a set of operating
instructions. These instructions must be
stored carefully and must be available to the
driver and operating company at any time. The
storage location is specied in the "Overviews"
chapter.
If the operating instructions are lost, the
operator must obtain a replacement from the
manufacturer immediately.
The operating instructions are included in the
spare parts list and can be reordered there as
a spare part.
The personnel responsible for operating and
maintaining the equipment must be familiar
with these operating instructions.
The operating company must ensure that all
users have received, read and understood
these operating instructions.
4 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Foreword 1
NOTE
Please observe the denition of the following
responsible persons: "operating company"
and "driver".
Thank you for reading and complying with
these operating instructions. If you have any
questions or suggestions for improvements,
or if you have found any errors, please contact
the authorised service centre.
Issue date and topicality of the

operating instructions
The issue date of these operating instructions
can be found on the title page.
STILL is constantly engaged in the further
development of trucks. These operating
instructions are subject to change, and any
claims based on the information and/or
illustrations contained in them cannot be
asserted.
Please contact your authorised service centre
for technical support relating to your truck.
Copyright and trademark rights

These instructions must not be reproduced,
translated or made accessible to third par-
tiesincluding as excerptsexcept with the
express written approval of the manufacturer.
Explanation of information symbols

used
DANGER
Indicates procedures that must be strictly adhered
to in order to prevent the risk of fatalities.
WARNING
to in order to prevent the risk of injuries.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 5
1 Foreword
CAUTION
to in order to prevent material damage and/or
destruction.
NOTE
For technical requirements that require
special attention.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
To prevent environmental damage.
List of abbreviations
NOTE
This list of abbreviations applies to all types
of operating instructions. Not all of the abbre-
viations that are listed here will necessarily
appear in these operating instructions.
Abbreviation Meaning
C Degrees Celsius
F Degrees Fahrenheit
A Amperes
ABE Display operating unit
ArbSchG German labour protection law

BetrSichV German Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health
BG Employers liability insurance association
BGG Employers liability insurance association act
BGR Employers liability insurance association rule

German Social
Accident Employers liability insurance association regulation
Insurance
Approx. Approximately
Symbol that conrms conformity with the valid product-specic European
CE
directives
International Commission on the Rules for the Approval of Electrical Equip-
CEE
ment
cm Centimetres
6 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Foreword 1
3
cm Cubic centimetres
dB Decibels
DF Remote data transmission
DIN German standard
EG European Community
EN European standard
FEM Fdration Europene de la Manutention
Fmax Maximum power
g Grams
GAA Industrial inspectorate
If applicable If applicable
GPRS General Packet Radio Service
h/d Hours per day (time driven each day in hours)
ID no. ID number
ISO International standard

kg Kilograms
kg/m3 Kilograms per cubic metre
km/h Kilometres per hour
km/d Kilometres per day (kilometres driven each day)
kN Kilonewtons
kW Kilowatts
kWh/h Energy consumption
l Litres
l/h Litres per hour
l/min Litres per minute
LAN Local area network

LED Light emitting diode
Lp Sound pressure level
LpAZ Continuous sound pressure level in drivers compartment
LSP Load centre of gravity
o.s. Or similar
m Metres
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 7
1 Foreword
m/s Metres per second
m/s2 Metres per second squared

MAK Maximum workplace concentration
Max. Maximum
Min. Minimum
min Minutes
rpm Revolution(s) per minute
mm Millimetres
N Newtons
Nm Newton metres
PIN Personal identication number
SE Superelastic
SIT Snap-in tyre for simplied assembly
StVZO German Road Trafc Licensing Regulations
t Tonnes
TRGS Technical Regulations for Hazardous Substances
a.s. And similar

V Volts
VDE Association for Electrical, Electronic & Information Technologies
VDI Association of German Engineers
VDMA German Engineering Federation
W Watts
WLAN Wireless local area network
e.g. For example
.
8 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Foreword 1
Denition of directions
1
The directions "forwards" (1), "backwards" (3),
"right" (2) and "left" (4) refer to the installation
position of the parts as seen from the drivers
compartment; the load is to the front.
4 2
3 6210_001-031
Schematic views
View of functions and operations
This documentation explains the (usually
sequential) chain of certain functions or oper-
ations. Schematic diagrams of a counterbal-
ance truck are used to illustrate these proce-
dures.
NOTE
These schematic diagrams are not represen-
tative of the structural state of the documented
truck. The diagrams are used solely for the
purpose of clarifying procedures.
6210_003-062
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 9
1 Foreword
View of the display operating unit
NOTE
Views of operating statuses and values in
the display of the display operating unit are
examples and partly dependent on the truck
equipment. As a result, the displays shown
of the actual operating statuses and values
can vary. Information that is not relevant for
descriptions is not shown.
10 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Foreword 1
Environmental considerations
Packaging
During delivery of the truck, certain parts
are packaged to provide protection during
transport. This packaging must be removed
completely prior to initial start-up.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
The packaging material must be disposed of
properly after delivery of the truck.
Disposal of components and

batteries
The truck is composed of different materials. If
components or batteries need to be replaced
and disposed of, they must be:
disposed of,
treated or
recycled in accordance with regional and
national regulations.
NOTE
The documentation provided by the battery
manufacturer must be observed when dispo-
sing of batteries.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
We recommend working with a waste mana-
gement company for disposal purposes.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 11
1 Foreword
12 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
2
Introduction
2 Introduction
Use of truck
Use of truck
Proper usage
The truck described in these operating in-
structions is suitable for lifting, transporting
and stacking loads.
The truck may only be used for its proper
purpose as set out and described in these
operating instructions.
If the truck is to be used for purposes other
than those specied in the operating instruc-
tions, the approval of the manufacturer and, if
applicable, the relevant regulatory authorities
must be obtained beforehand to prevent haz-
ards.
The maximum load to be lifted is specied on
the capacity rating plate (load diagram) and
must not be exceeded; see also the chapter
entitled "Before picking up a load".
Proper use during towing

This truck is suitable for the occasional towing
of trailers and is equipped with a towing device
for this purpose. This occasional towing may
not exceed 2% of the daily operating time. If
the truck is to be used for towing on a more
regular basis, the manufacturer should be
consulted.
The regulations regarding trailer operation
must be observed; see chapter "Trailer
operation".
Impermissible use
The operating company or driver, and not the
manufacturer, is liable for any hazards caused
by improper use.
NOTE
and "driver".
Use for purposes other than those described
in these operating instructions is prohibited.
14 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Introduction 2
Use of truck
DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from
falling off the truck while it is moving!
It is prohibited to carry passengers
on the truck.
The truck may not be operated in areas where

there is a risk of re, explosion or corrosion, or
in areas that are particularly dusty.
Stacking or unstacking is not permissible on
inclined surfaces or ramps.
Place of use
The truck can be used both outside and in
buildings. Operation on public roads is only
permitted if the "StVZO" (German Road Trafc
Licensing Regulations) equipment variant is
installed.
If the truck is to be operated on public roads, it
must conform to the existing national regula-
tions for the country in which it is being used.
The ground must have an adequate load
capacity (concrete, asphalt) and a rough
surface. Routes, work areas and aisle widths
must conform to the specications in these
operating instructions, see the "Routes"
chapter.
Driving on upward and downward gradients
is permitted provided the specied data and
specications are observed, see the "Routes
"chapter.
The forklift truck is suitable for indoor and
outdoor use in countries ranging from the
Tropics to Nordic regions (temperature range:
-20C to +40C).
If the truck is to be used in a cold store, it must
be congured accordingly and, if necessary,
approved for such an environment; see the
chapter entitled "Cold store application".
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 15
2 Introduction
Use of truck
CAUTION
Batteries can freeze!
If the truck is parked in an ambient temperature of
below 10 C for an extended period, the batteries
cool down. The electrolyte may freeze and damage
the batteries. The truck is then not ready for opera-
tion.
In an ambient temperature of below 10 C, only
park the truck for short periods.
The operating company must ensure suitable

re protection for the relevant application in
the trucks surroundings. Depending on the
application, additional re protection must be
provided on the truck. If in doubt, contact the
relevant authorities.
NOTE
responsible person: "operating company".
Parking in temperatures below -10C
CAUTION
Batteries can freeze!
If the truck is parked in an ambient temperature
below -10C for an extended period, the batteries
will cool down. The electrolyte may freeze and
damage the batteries. The truck is then not ready
for operation.
When the ambient temperature is below -10C,
only park the truck for short periods of time.
Using working platforms
WARNING
The use of working platforms is regulated by na-
tional law. The use of working platforms is only
permitted by virtue of the jurisdiction in the country
of use.
Observe national legislation.
Before using working platforms, consult the
national regulatory authorities.
16 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Introduction 2
Residual risk
Residual risk
Residual dangers, residual risks
Despite careful working and compliance with
standards and regulations, the occurrence
of other risks when using the truck cannot be
entirely excluded.
The truck and all other system components
comply with current safety requirements.
Nevertheless, even when the truck is used
for its proper purpose and all instructions
are followed, some residual risk cannot be
excluded.
Even beyond the narrow danger areas of the
truck itself, a residual risk cannot be excluded.
Persons in this area around the truck must
exercise a heightened degree of awareness,
so that they can react immediately in the event
of any malfunction, incident or breakdown etc.
WARNING
All persons that are in the vicinity of the truck
must be instructed regarding these risks that arise
through use of the truck.
In addition, we draw attention to the safety regulati-
ons in these operating instructions.
The risks can include:

Escape of consumables due to leakages,
rupture of lines and containers etc.
Risk of accident when driving over difcult
ground such as gradients, smooth or
irregular surfaces, or with poor visibility
etc.
Falling, tripping etc. when moving on
the truck, especially in wet weather, with
leaking consumables or on icy surfaces
Fire and explosion risks due to batteries and
electrical voltages
Human error resulting from failure to
observe the safety regulations,
Unrepaired damage or defective and worn
components,
Insufcient maintenance and testing
Use of incorrect consumables
Exceeding test intervals
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 17
2 Introduction
Residual risk
The manufacturer is not held responsible for

accidents involving the truck caused by the
failure of the operating company to comply
with these regulations either intentionally or
carelessly.
Stability
The stability of the truck has been tested to the
latest technological standards and is guaran-
teed provided that the truck is used properly
and according to its intended purpose. These
standards only take into account the dynamic
and static tipping forces that can arise during
specied use in accordance with the operat-
ing rules and intended purpose. However, the
danger of exceeding the moment of tilt due to
improper use or incorrect operation and losing
stability can never be excluded.
The loss of stability can be avoided or min-
imised by the following actions:
Always secure the load against slipping,
e.g. by lashing.
Always transport unstable loads in suitable
containers.
Always drive slowly when cornering.
Drive with the load lowered.
Even with sideshifts, align the load as
centrally as possible with the truck and
transport in this position.
Avoid turning and diagonally driving across
slopes or gradients.
Never have the load facing downhill when
travelling on slopes or gradients.
Pick up only loads of the approved width.
Always take great care when transporting
swinging loads.
Do not drive over ramp edges or steps.
Special risks associated with using

the truck and attachments
Approval from the manufacturer and attach-
ment manufacturer must be obtained each
18 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Introduction 2
Residual risk
time the truck is used in a manner that falls

outside the scope of normal use, and in cases
where the driver is not certain that he can use
the truck correctly and without the risk of acci-
dents.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 19
2 Introduction
Residual risk
Overview of hazards and counter-

measures
NOTE
This table is intended to help evaluate the
hazards in your facility and applies to all drive
types. It does not claim to be complete.
Observe the national regulations for the
country in which the truck is being used.
Hazard Measure Check note Notes
Complete
- Not applicable
Truck equipment does Test O If in doubt, consult
not comply with local competent factory
regulations inspectorate or
employers liability
insurance association
Lack of skills and Driver training (sit-on O BGG 925
qualication of driver and stand-on) VDI 3313 driver permit
Usage by unautho- Access with key only O
rised persons for authorised persons
Truck not in a safe Recurrent testing and O German Ordinance on
condition rectication of defects Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Risk of falling when Compliance with O German Ordinance on
using working national regulations Industrial Safety and
platforms (different national Health (BetrSichV)
laws) and employers
liability insurance
associations
Impaired visibility due Resource planning O German Ordinance on
to load Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Contamination of Assessment of diesel O Technical Regulations
respiratory air exhaust gases for Hazardous
Substances (TRGS)
554 and the German
Ordinance on
Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Assessment of LPG O German threshold
exhaust gases limit values list
(MAK-Liste) and the
German Ordinance on
Health (BetrSichV)
20 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Introduction 2
Residual risk

Complete
- Not applicable
Impermissible usage Issuing of operating O German Ordinance on
(improper usage) instructions Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
and German Health
and labour protection
law (ArbSchG)
Written notice of O German Ordinance on
instruction to driver Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
and German Health
and labour protection
law (ArbSchG)
Note the German O
Ordinance on
Health (BetrSichV),
the operating
instructions and the
German Engineering
Federation (VDMA)
rules
When fuelling
a) Diesel Note the German O
Ordinance on
Health (BetrSichV),
the operating
German Engineering
Federation (VDMA)
rules
b) LPG Note German Social O
Accident Insurance
(DGUV) regulation
D34, the operating
German Engineering
Federation (VDMA)
rules
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 21
2 Introduction
Residual risk

Complete
- Not applicable
When charging the Note the German O Association for
traction battery Ordinance on Electrical, Electronic
Industrial Safety and and Information
Health (BetrSichV), Technologies (VDE)
the operating regulation 0510: In
instructions and the particular
German Engineering - Ensure adequate
Federation (VDMA) ventilation
rules - Insulation value
within the permissible
range
When using battery Note the German O German Ordinance on
chargers Ordinance on Industrial Safety and
Industrial Safety and Health (BetrSichV)
Health (BetrSichV), and employers
employers liability liability insurance
insurance association association regulation
regulation 104 and the 104
When parking LPG Note the German O German Ordinance on
trucks Ordinance on Industrial Safety and
Industrial Safety and Health (BetrSichV)
Health (BetrSichV), and employers
employers liability liability insurance
insurance association association regulation
regulation 104 and the 104
With driverless transport systems
Roadway quality Clean/clear driveways O German Ordinance on
inadequate Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Load carrier Reattach load to pallet O German Ordinance on
incorrect/slipped Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Drive behaviour Employee training O German Ordinance on
unpredictable Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Driveways blocked Mark driveways O German Ordinance on
Keep driveways clear Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
22 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Introduction 2
Residual risk

Complete
- Not applicable
Driveways intersect Announce right-of- O German Ordinance on
way rule Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
No person detection Employee training O German Ordinance on
during depositing and Industrial Safety and
retrieval Health (BetrSichV)
.
Danger to employees
According to the German Ordinance on Indus-
trial Safety and Health (BetrSichV) and labour
protection law (ArbSchG), the operating com-
pany must determine and assess hazards
during operation, and establish the labour
protection measures required for employ-
ees (BetrSichVO). The operating company
must therefore draw up appropriate operating
instructions ( 6 ArbSchG) and make them
available to the driver. A responsible person
must be appointed.
NOTE
and "driver".
The construction and equipment of the
truck correspond to the Machinery Directive
2006/42/EC and are therefore marked with
CE labelling. These elements are therefore
not included in the hazard assessment. At-
tachments possess their own CE labelling and
likewise are not included for that reason. The
operating company must, however, select the
type and equipment of the trucks so as to com-
ply with the local provisions for deployment.
The result must be documented ( 6 Arb-
SchG). In the case of truck applications involv-
ing similar hazard situations, the results may
be summarised. This overview (see chapter
"Overview of hazards and countermeasures")
provides help on complying with this regula-
tion. The overview species the main hazards
that are the most frequent cause of accidents
in the event of non-compliance. If other major
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 23
2 Introduction
Residual risk
operational hazards are involved, they must

also be taken into consideration.
The conditions of use for trucks are broadly
similar in many plants, so the hazards can
be summarised in one overview. Observe
the information provided by the relevant
employers liability insurance association on
this subject.
24 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
3
Safety
3 Safety
Denition of responsible persons

Operating company
The operating company is the natural or legal
person or group who operates the truck or on
whose authority the truck is used.
The operating company must ensure that the
truck is only used for its proper purpose and in
compliance with the safety regulations set out
in these operating instructions.
The operating company must ensure that
all users read and understand the safety
information.
The operating company is responsible for the
scheduling and correct performance of regular
safety checks.
We recommend that the national performance
specications are adhered to.
Specialist
A qualied person is dened as a service
engineer or a person who fulls the following
requirements:
A completed vocational qualication that
demonstrably proves their professional
expertise. This proof should consist of
a vocational qualication or a similar
document.
Professional experience indicating that
the qualied person has gained practical
experience of industrial trucks over a
proven period during their career During
this time, this person has become familiar
with a wide range of symptoms that require
checks to be carried out, such as based
on the results of a hazard assessment or a
daily inspection
Recent professional involvement in the
eld of the industrial truck test in question
and an appropriate further qualication
are essential. The qualied person must
have experience of carrying out the test
in question or of carrying out similar tests.
Moreover, this person must be aware of
the latest technological developments
26 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
regarding the industrial truck to be tested

and the risk being assessed
Drivers
This truck may only be driven by suitable per-
sons who are at least 18 years of age, have
been trained in driving, have demonstrated
their skills in driving and handling loads to
the operating company or an authorised rep-
resentative, and have been specically in-
structed to drive the truck. Specic knowledge
of the truck to be operated is also required.
The training requirements under 3 of the
Health and Safety at Work Act and 9 of the
plant safety regulations are deemed to have
been satised if the driver has been trained in
accordance with BGG (General Employers
Liability Insurance Association Act) 925.
Observe the national regulations for your
country.
Driver rights, duties and rules of be-

haviour
The driver must be trained in his rights and
duties.
The driver must be granted the required rights.
The driver must wear protective equipment
(protection suit, safety footwear, safety
helmet, industrial goggles and gloves) that
is appropriate for the conditions, the job and
the load to be lifted. Solid footwear should be
worn to ensure safe driving and braking.
The driver must be familiar with the operating
instructions and have access to them at all
times.
The driver must:
have read and understood the operating
manual
have familiarised himself with safe opera-
tion of the truck
be physically and mentally able to drive the
truck safely
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 27
3 Safety
DANGER
The use of drugs, alcohol or medications that affect
reactions impair the ability to drive the truck!
Individuals under the inuence of the aforementio-
ned substances are not permitted to perform work
of any kind on or with the truck.
Prohibition of use by unauthorised

persons
The driver is responsible for the truck during
working hours. He must not allow unautho-
rised persons to operate the truck.
When leaving the truck, the driver must secure
it against unauthorised use, e.g. by pulling out
the key.
28 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
Essentials for safe operation

Insurance cover on company
premises
In many cases, company premises are
restricted public trafc areas.
NOTE
The business liability insurance should be
reviewed to ensure that, in the event of any
damage caused in restricted public trafc
areas, there is insurance cover for the truck in
respect of third parties.
Changes and retrotting

If the truck is used for work that is not listed
in the guidelines or in these instructions and
has to be converted or retrotted accordingly,
you must note that any change to its structural
state can affect the handling and stability of
the truck, which in turn can lead to accidents.
You should therefore contact your service
centre beforehand.
Changes that will adversely affect stability,
load capacity and safety systems, among
other things, must not be made without the
manufacturers approval.
The truck can only be converted with written
approval from the manufacturer. Approval
from the responsible authority must be ob-
tained if necessary.
Changes to the brakes, steering, control
elements, circumferential view, equipment
variants (e.g. attachments) must also not be
made without the prior written approval of the
manufacturer.
We warn against the installation and use
of restraint systems not approved by the
manufacturer.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 29
3 Safety
DANGER
Risk of injury if truck tips over!
Even when using an approved
restraint system, there is some
residual risk that the driver might
be injured if the truck tips over. This
risk of injury can be reduced through
the combined use of a restraint
system and the seat belt. In addition,
the seat belt protects against the
consequences of rear-end collisions
and falling off a ramp.
Use the seat belt too.
When carrying out welding work on the

truck, it is essential that the battery and all
connections to the electronic control cards are
disconnected. Contact the authorised service
centre on this matter.
DANGER
Risk of explosion from additional
holes in the battery hood!
Explosive gases can escape and
lead to potentially fatal injuries if they
explode. Sealing holes with plugs
is not sufcient to prevent gas from
escaping.
Do not drill any holes in the battery
hood.
DANGER
Risk of accident from additional holes in the battery
hood!
The rigidity of the battery hood is impaired and
the battery hood may fracture. The drivers seat
may collapse, leading to a risk of accident due to
uncontrolled steering movements whilst driving.
Do not drill any holes in the battery hood.
30 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
DANGER
Risk to life from falling load!
If the truck is not equipped with an overhead guard,
there is a risk to the drivers life, as he may be struck
by a load falling from a lift height of 1800 mm or
greater.
Operation of the truck without an overhead guard at
a lift height of over 1800 mm is prohibited.
For lift heights of 1800 mm and above, only use
trucks with an overhead guard.
In the event of the manufacturer going into

liquidation and the company not being taken
over by another legal person, the operating
company can make changes to the truck.
To do so, the operating company must full
the following prerequisites:
Construction documents, test documents
and assembly instructions associated with
the change must be archived and remain
accessible at all times.
Check that the capacity rating plate, decal in-
formation, hazard warnings and the operating
instructions are consistent with regard to the
changes and modify if necessary.
The change must be designed, checked
and implemented by a design ofce that
specialises in industrial trucks in accordance
with the standards and directives valid at the
time the changes are made.
Decal information with the following data must
be permanently afxed to the truck so it is
clearly visible:
Type of change
Date of change
Name and address of the company imple-
menting the change.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 31
3 Safety
Changes to the overhead guard and

roof loads
DANGER
In the event of the overhead guard failing due to
a falling load or the truck tipping over, there are
potentially fatal consequences for the driver. There
is a risk to life!
Welding and drilling on the overhead guard chan-
ges the material characteristics and the structural
design of the overhead guard. Excessive forces
caused by falling loads or the truck tipping over may
result in buckling of the modied overhead guard
and no protection for the driver.
Do not perform welding on the overhead guard.
Do not perform drilling on the overhead guard.
CAUTION
Heavy roof loads damage the overhead guard!
To ensure the stability of the overhead guard at
all times, a roof load may only be mounted on the
overhead guard if the structural design has been
tested and the manufacturer has given approval.
Seek advice from the authorised service centre
for the mounting of roof loads.
Warning regarding non-original parts

Original parts, attachments and accessories
are specially designed for this truck. We
specically draw your attention to the fact that
parts, attachments and accessories supplied
by other companies have not been tested and
approved by STILL.
CAUTION
Installation and/or use of such products may there-
fore have a negative impact on the design features
of the truck and thus impair active and/or passive
driving safety.
We recommend that you obtain approval from the
manufacturer and, if necessary, from the relevant
regulatory authorities before installing such parts.
The manufacturer accepts no liability for any da-
mage caused by the use of non-original parts and
accessories without approval.
32 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
Damage, defects and misuse of

safety systems
Damage or other defects on the truck or
attachment must be reported to the supervisor
or responsible eet manager immediately so
that they can have the defect rectied.
Trucks and attachments that are not functional
or safe to drive may not be used until they have
been properly repaired.
Do not remove or deactivate safety systems
and switches.
Fixed set values may only be changed with the
approval of the manufacturer.
Work on the electrical system (e.g. connecting
a radio, additional headlights etc.) is only
permitted with the manufacturers written
approval. All electrical system interventions
must be documented.
Even if they are removable, roof panels may
not be removed, as they are designed to
protect against small falling objects.
Tyres
DANGER
Risk to stability!
Failure to observe the following information and
instructions can lead to a loss of stability. The truck
may tip over, risk of accident!
The following factors can lead to a loss of

stability and are therefore prohibited:
Different tyres on the same axle, e.g.
pneumatic tyres and superelastic tyres
Tyres not approved by the manufacturer
Excessive tyre wear
Tyres of inferior quality
Changing rim wheel parts
Combining rim wheel parts from different
manufacturers
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 33
3 Safety
The following rules must be observed to

ensure stability:
Only use tyres with equal and permitted
levels of wear on the same axle
Only use wheels and tyres of the same type
on the same axle, e.g. only superelastic
tyres
Only use wheels and tyres approved by the
manufacturer
Only use high-quality products
Wheels and tyres approved by the manu-
facturer can be found on the spare parts list.
If other wheels or tyres are to be used, au-
thorisation from the manufacturer must be
obtained beforehand.
Contact the authorised service centre on
this matter.
When changing wheels or tyres, always
ensure that this does not cause the truck to
tilt to one side (e.g. always replace right-
hand and left-hand wheels at the same
time). Changes must only be made following
consultation with the manufacturer.
If the type of tyre used on an axle is changed,
for example from superelastic tyres to pneu-
matic tyres, the load diagram must be changed
accordingly.
this matter.
Medical equipment
WARNING
Electromagnetic interference may occur on medical
devices!
Only use equipment that is sufciently protected
against electromagnetic interference.
Medical equipment, such as pacemakers or

hearing aids, may not work properly when the
truck is in operation.
Ask your doctor or the manufacturer of
the medical equipment to conrm that the
medical equipment is sufciently protected
against electromagnetic interference.
34 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
Exercise caution when handling gas

springs and accumulators
WARNING
Gas springs are under high pressure. Improper
removal results in an elevated risk of injury.
For ease of operation, various functions on the
truck can be supported by gas springs. Gas springs
are complex components that are subject to high
internal pressures (up to 300 bar). They may under
no circumstances be opened unless instructed to
do so, and may be installed only when not under
pressure. If required, the authorised service centre
will depressurise the gas spring in accordance with
the regulations before removal. Gas springs must
be depressurised before recycling.
Avoid damage, lateral forces, buckling, tempe-
ratures over 80C and heavy contamination.
Damaged or defective gas springs must be
changed immediately.
Contact the authorised service centre.
WARNING
Accumulators are under high pressure. Improper
installation of an accumulator results in an elevated
risk of injury.
Before starting work on the accumulator it must be
depressurised.
Length of the fork arms
DANGER
Risk of accident due to the incorrect selection of
fork arms!
The fork arms must match the depth of the load.
If the fork arms are too short, the load may

fall off the arms after it has been picked up.
In addition, be aware that the load centre of
gravity may shift as a result of dynamic forces,
such as braking. A load that is otherwise
resting safely on the fork arms may move
forwards and fall.
If the fork arms are too long, they can catch
on loading units behind the load that is to be
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 35
3 Safety
picked up. These other loading units then fall

over when the load is raised.
For help with selecting the correct fork arms,
contact the authorised service centre.
36 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
Safety tests
Safety tests
Regular safety inspection of the truck
Safety inspection based on time and
extraordinary incidents
The operating company must ensure that the
truck is checked by a specialist at least once a
year or after particular incidents.
As part of this inspection, a complete check
of the technical condition of the truck must be
performed with regard to accident safety.
In addition, the truck must be thoroughly
checked for damage that could potentially
have been caused by improper use. A test
log must be created. The results from the
inspection must be retained until a further two
inspections have been carried out.
The inspection date is indicated by an adhe-
sive label on the truck.
Arrange for the service centre to perform
periodic safety inspections on the truck.
Observe guidelines for checks carried out
on the truck in accordance with FEM 4.004.
The operator is responsible for ensuring any
defects are remedied without delay.
Contact your service centre.
NOTE
Observe the national regulations for your
country!
Insulation testing
The truck insulation must have sufcient insu-
lation resistance. For this reason, insulation
testing in accordance with DIN EN 1175 and
DIN 43539, VDE 0117 and VDE 0510 must be
conducted at least once a year.
NOTE
The trucks electrical system and drive batte-
ries must be checked separately.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 37
3 Safety
Safety tests
Measuring the batterys insulation

resistance
NOTE
Nominal battery voltage < test voltage < 500
V.
Measure the insulation resistance with a
suitable measuring device.
The insulation resistance can be considered
sufcient if it measures at least 500 /V for the
nominal battery voltage against ground.
Measuring the insulation resistance of

the electrical system
NOTE
Nominal battery voltage < test voltage < 500
V.
Ensure that all voltage sources have been
disconnected from the circuit to be tested.
Measure the insulation resistance with a
suitable measuring device.
The insulation resistance can be considered
sufcient if it measures at least 1000 /V for
the nominal battery voltage against ground.
38 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
Safety regulations for handling consumables

Permissible consumables
DANGER
Failure to observe the safety regulations relating to
consumables may result in a risk of injury, death or
damage to the environment.
Observe the safety regulations when handling
such materials.
Refer to the maintenance data table for the

permissible substances that are necessary for
operation (see Chapter "Maintenance data
table", P. 6-303).
Oils
DANGER
Oils are ammable!
Follow the statutory regulations.
Do not allow oils to come into
contact with hot engine parts.
No smoking, res or naked ames!
DANGER
Oils are toxic!
Avoid contact and consumption.
If vapour or fumes are inhaled,
move to fresh air immediately.
In the event of contact with the
eyes, rinse thoroughly (for at least
10 minutes) with water and then
consult an eye specialist.
If swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Seek immediate medical
attention.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 39
3 Safety
WARNING
Prolonged intensive contact with the
skin can result in dryness and irritate
the skin!
Avoid contact and consumption.
Wear protective gloves.
After any contact, wash the skin
with soap and water, and then
apply a skin care product.
Immediately change soaked
clothing and shoes.
WARNING
There is a risk of slipping on spilled oil, particularly
when combined with water!
Spilt oil should be removed immediately with
oil-binding agents and disposed of according to
the regulations.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Oil is a water-polluting substance!
Always store oil in containers that comply
with the applicable regulations.
Avoid spilling oils.
Spilt oil should be removed immediately
with oil-binding agents and disposed of
according to the regulations.
Dispose of old oils according to the regula-
tions.
Hydraulic uid
WARNING
These uids are pressurised during
operation of the truck and are
hazardous to your health.
Do not spill the uids.
Do not allow the uids to come into
contact with hot engine parts.
40 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
WARNING
These uids are pressurised during
operation of the truck and are
hazardous to your health.
Do not allow the uids to come into
contact with the skin.
Avoid inhaling spray.
Penetration of pressurised
uids into the skin is particularly
dangerous if these uids escape
at high pressure due to leaks in
the hydraulic system. In case of
such injury, immediate medical
assistance is required.
To avoid injury, use appropriate
personal protective equipment
(e.g. protective gloves, industrial
goggles, skin protection and skin
care products).
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Hydraulic uid is a water-polluting substance.
Always store hydraulic uid in containers
that comply with regulations
Avoid spills
Spilt hydraulic uid should be removed
immediately with oil-binding agents and
disposed of according to the regulations
Dispose of old hydraulic uid according to
the regulations
Battery acid
WARNING
Battery acid contains dissolved
sulphuric acid. This is toxic.
Avoid touching or swallowing the
battery acid at all costs.
In case of injury, seek medical
advice immediately.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 41
3 Safety
WARNING
Battery acid contains dissolved
sulphuric acid. This is corrosive.
When working with battery acid,
always wear a protection suit and
eye protection.
When working with battery
acid, never wear a watch or any
jewellery.
Do not allow any acid to get
onto clothing or skin or into the
eyes; if this does happen, rinse
immediately with plenty of clean
water.
In case of injury, seek medical
advice immediately.
Immediately rinse away spilt
battery acid with plenty of water.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Dispose of used battery acid in line with the
applicable regulations.
Brake uid
WARNING
Brake uid is poisonous!
Avoid swallowing. In the event
of swallowing, do not induce
vomiting. Rinse out your mouth
thoroughly with water and ask a
doctor for advice.
Avoid aerosolisation and inha-
lation. In the event of inhalation,
seek fresh air. Ask a doctor for ad-
vice if necessary.
42 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
WARNING
Brake uid is hazardous to your
health!
Brake uid irritates the eyes and
can dry out the skin upon prolonged
contact.
Coat your hands with a protective
skin cream prior to starting work.
Avoid prolonged or intensive
skin contact. In the event of skin
contact, clean the wetted skin with
water and soap, and subsequently
apply a skin care product.
Prevent contact with the eyes. In
the event of contact with the eyes,
wash out the affected eye(s) with
clean water for ten minutes and
then ask a doctor for advice.
Change clothing soiled with brake
uid as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Brake uid is ammable!
Do not allow brake uid to come into contact with
hot motor parts.
Smoking, res and naked ames are prohibited.
CAUTION
Brake uid has strong dissolving and colour-chan-
ging properties.
Immediately rinse off any brake uid that has
splashed on paint, clothing, and shoes with
plenty of water
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Brake uid is a water pollutant!
Always store brake uid in containers
complying with the regulations..
Do not spill brake uid.
Spilt brake uid must be removed immedia-
tely using an oil binding agent and disposed
of in accordance with regulations
Dispose of old brake uid according to the
regulations.
Observe the national regulations for the
country in which the truck is being used.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 43
3 Safety
Disposal of consumables
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Materials that accumulate during repair,
maintenance and cleaning must be collected
properly and disposed of in accordance with
the national regulations for the country in
which the truck is being used. Work must
only be carried out in areas designated for the
purpose. Care must be taken to minimise any
environmental pollution.
Soak up any spilt uids such as hydraulic
oil, brake uid or gearbox oil using an
oil-binding agent.
Neutralise any spilt battery acid immedi-
ately.
Always observe national regulations con-
cerning the disposal of used oil.
44 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
Emissions
Emissions
The values specied apply to a standard truck
(compare the specications in the "Technical
data" chapter). Different tyres, lift masts,
additional units etc. may produce different
values.
Noise emissions
The values were determined based on
measuring procedures from the standard
EN 12053 "Safety of industrial trucks. Test
methods for measuring noise emissions",
based on EN 12001 and EN ISO 3744 and the
requirements of EN ISO 4871.
This machine emits the following sound
pressure levels:
Continuous sound pressure level in the

drivers compartment
LpAZ
< 70 dB(A)
The values were determined in the test cycle

on an identical machine from the weighted
values for operating statuses and idling.
Time proportions:
Lifting 18%
Idling 58%
Driving 24%
However, the indicated noise levels at the
truck cannot be used to determine the noise
emissions at workplaces according to the most
recent version of Directive 2003/10/EC (daily
personal noise pollution). If required, these
noise emissions must be determined directly
at the workplaces under the actual conditions
present (further sources of noise, particular
application conditions, sound reections) by
the operating company.
NOTE
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 45
3 Safety
Emissions
Vibrations
The vibrations of the machine have been
determined on an identical machine in ac-
cordance with the standards DIN EN 13059
"Safety of industrial trucks - Test methods
for measuring vibration" and DIN EN 12096
"Mechanical vibration - Declaration and veri-
cation of vibration emission values".
Frequency-weighted effective value of accel-

eration on the seat
Measurement
MSG 65 drivers seat
uncertainty
0.68 m/s2 0.204 m/s2
Tests have indicated that the amplitude of the

hand and arm vibrations on the steering wheel
or the operating devices in trucks is less than
2.5 m/s2. There are therefore no measure-
ment guidelines for these measurements.
The individual vibration load on the driver
over the course of a working day must be
determined by the operating company in
accordance with Directive 2002/44/EC at
the actual place of use in order to consider all
additional inuences, such as driving route,
intensity of use etc.
NOTE
46 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Safety 3
Emissions
Battery
DANGER
Risk of explosion due to ammable
gases!
During charging, the battery releases
a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen
(oxyhydrogen gas). This gas mixture
is explosive and must not be ignited.
Make sure that there is always
sufcient ventilation in working
areas that are entirely or partially
enclosed.
Keep away from open ames and
ying sparks
Do not smoke.
Observe the safety regulations for
handling the battery.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 47
3 Safety
Emissions
48 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
4
Overviews
4 Overviews
General view of truck

1
12
11 4
5060_003-094_V2
10
6
9
8
7
1 Lift mast 7 Drive wheel

2 Overhead guard 8 Right-hand bottom plate
3 Drivers compartment 9 Left-hand bottom plate
4 Battery door 10 Running axle
5 Battery hood 11 Fork arms
6 Connection for towing bracket / tow coupling 12 Lift cylinder
(optional)
50 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 51
4 Overviews
General view of drivers compartment
General view of drivers compartment

1 2 3 4
15
14
8
13
5060_003-093_V2
12 11 10
1 Parking brake lever 8 Storage box

2 Steering wheel 9 Cup holder for bottles max. 1 l
3 Switch key 10 Battery hood handle
4 Display operating unit 11 Battery hood release
5 Document holder and storage location for 12 Drivers seat
operating instructions 13 Accelerator pedal
6 Operating devices for hydraulic and traction 14 Brake pedal
functions 15 Signal horn foot switch
7 Emergency stop switch (only in multiple-
lever version)
52 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
Operating devices and display elements

Display and operating unit
4 5 6 7 8 9
3 10
2 11
1
8
12
3
1 75 %
6
2
9
90
7
2 12:15
5 0
13
26 14
25 15
16
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
5060_003-087
1 Hazard warning system button 14 Reverse travel display

2 Front windscreen wiper button 15 Steering position display (degrees)
3 Front working spotlight button 16 Time display (digital)
4 Drive program selector button 17 Not assigned
5 Rear working spotlight button 18 Rotating beacon display
6 Rear working spotlight symbol 19 Not assigned
7 Not assigned 20 Not assigned
8 Battery charge display (percent) 21 Not assigned
9 Drive programme display (numerical) 22 Not assigned
10 Left direction indicator light 23 Menu change button
11 Forward travel display 24 Lighting button
12 Right direction indicator light 25 Blue-Q button
13 Malfunction display 26 Rear window wiper button
NOTE
The buttons (5, 21, 22) and the corresponding
indicators (6, 7, 18, 19, 20) are assigned
according to the auxiliary equipment installed.
The assignment shown here is an example
and may differ from the assignment actually
programmed on the truck. Buttons may be
assigned multiple functions that are called up
according to the menu navigation. For further
information, see the "Operating the display
and operating unit" chapter.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 53
4 Overviews
If you have any questions, please contact

your authorised service centre.
54 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
Operating devices for hydraulic and

traction functions
Different versions of the operating devices are
available for operating the trucks hydraulic
and traction functions.
The truck can be equipped with the following
operating devices:
Multiple-lever
Double mini-lever
Triple mini-lever
Quadruple mini-lever
Joystick 4Plus
Fingertip
Mini-console
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 55
4 Overviews
Multi-lever
1 2 3 4
5060_003-168
1 "Lift/lower" operating lever 4 Operating lever for attachment (variant)

2 "Tilt" operating lever 5 "5th function" function switch (variant)
3 Operating lever for attachment (variant) 6 Drive direction switch
NOTE
In the dual-pedal version (variant), the truck is
equipped with a signal horn button instead of
the drive direction switch.
56 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
Double mini-lever
3 4
2
1
5
F1
F2
6
7
7312_003-002
1 "Lift mast" 360 lever 5 Function key "5th function"

2 Function key F1 6 "Attachments" cross lever
3 Function key F2 7 Emergency stop switch
4 "Drive direction / turn indicator" cross lever 8 Signal horn button
NOTE
Depending on the specication, various
electric attachment parts can be controlled
via function keys (2) and (3). Changes must
only be made by the authorised service centre.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 57
4 Overviews
Three-way mini-lever
3 4
5
2
1 6
9 5060_003-089
8
1 "Lift mast" 360 lever 6 "Auxiliary hydraulics 1" operating lever

2 Function key F1 7 "Auxiliary hydraulics 2" operating lever
5 Function key "5th function"
NOTE
58 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
Four-way mini-lever
4 5
3 6
2
7
1
8
10
5060_003-088 9
1 "Lift/lower" operating lever 6 Function key "5th function"

2 "Tilt" operating lever 7 "Auxiliary hydraulics 1" operating lever
3 Function key F1 8 "Auxiliary hydraulics 2" operating lever
NOTE
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 59
4 Overviews
Joystick 4Plus
9
1
6 2
5
6210_003-087
1 Horizontal rocker button for "3rd hydraulic 5 LED for clamp locking mechanism (variant)
function", tilt the lift mast 6 Slider for the "4th hydraulic function", e.g.
2 Pictograms for the basic hydraulic functions reach frame forwards/backwards
3 Pictograms for the 5th hydraulic function and 7 Vertical rocker button for the "drive direction"
the clamp locking mechanism (variant) 8 Shift key "F"
4 Pictograms for the 3rd & 4th hydraulic 9 Signal horn button
functions
60 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
Fingertip
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
F1 F2
12 11 10 9 8
6321_003-004

2 Function key F2 8 "Attachments" operating lever
3 Left-hand turn indicator button 9 "Attachments" operating lever
4 Signal horn button 10 "Tilt" operating lever
5 Right-hand turn indicator button 11 "Lift/lower" operating lever
6 Button for 5th function 12 Travel direction switch
NOTE
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 61
4 Overviews
Mini console
The mini console is located on the steering
column below the steering wheel.
1 7311_003-056
1 Travel direction switch

2 Direction indicator switch
62 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 63
4 Overviews
Identication points
Identication points
Overview
8 5060_003-175_V2
18 17 1 2 3 4
5
12 8
16 4
17
16 6
15
4 7
13
3
8
DANGER
9
15 2
4
5
DANGER
10
11
12
15 13
14
2
6 2
18
1
13
ATC
3
1
9
9
1
DANGER
Assistance Truck Control 7
7
5
6 5
6
6
5 2
5
1 10 2 11 4
IDENT-NR. 0009381511
ACHTUNG - ATTENTION !
Zum ffnen der Haube den Fahrersitz
und die Armlehne ganz nach hinten 10 11
schieben und letztere zustzlich in
unterste Position bringen
To open the batteryhood the driver seat
7
and the armrest must be moved
STILL GmbH Hamburg
9
completely back and the last one
has to be placed in the lowest position BATTERIESERVICE
Regelmige Prfung
(FEM 4.004)
Nchste Prfung
nach nationalen Vorschriften
basierend auf den EG-Richtlinien:
14 20xx 2009/104/EG, 99/92/EG

Nchste Prfung
56344391019
Type-Modle-Typ / Serial no.-No. de srie-Serien-Nr. / year-anne-Baujahr

733906
Rated capacity Unladen mass

Capacit nominale kg Masse vide kg
Nenn-Tragfhigkeit Leergewicht Ihr STILL Service
Battery voltage max kg
Tension batterie V STILL Hamburg
Batteriespannung min.* kg
*
Berzeliusstr. 10
Rated drive power Die Prfplakette ersetzt nicht das Prfprotokoll
Puissance motr.nom. kW kg 22113 Hamburg
Nenn-Antriebsleist. Mitglied der:
Fdration
Tel.: 01804 / 784 55 24
* see Operating instructions
voir Mode d'emploi Europene
siehe Betriebsanleitung de la Manutention
64 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Overviews 4
Identication points
1 Decal information: Actions to be performed 12 Decal information: Hydraulic oil tank

when replacing battery using a bridge 13 Warning sign: Do not stand underneath the
(variant) fork/Do not stand on the fork
2 Decal information: Assistance Truck Control 14 Decal information: Nameplate
3 Warning sign: Risk of short circuit due to 15 Warning sign: Do not stand underneath the
shearing fork/Do not stand on the fork/Danger due to
4 Warning sign: Risk of crushing shearing/Danger due to high uid pressure
5 Warning sign: Cleaning electrical system 16 Decal information: Caution/Read the op-
parts with water is forbidden erating instructions/Fasten seat belt/Apply
6 Decal information: Actions to be performed parking brake when leaving the truck/Pas-
before opening the battery hood sengers are not allowed/Do not jump off if
7 Decal information: Cold store application the truck is tipping over/Lean in the opposite
8 Decal information: Lifting gear attachment direction to which the truck is tipping
point 17 Manufacturers label text
9 Decal information: Capacity rating plate 18 Decal information: Caution/read operating
10 Decal information: FEM test instructions/drive slowly with raised load
11 Decal information: Battery test
Nameplate
The truck can be identied from the informa- 1 2 3
tion on the nameplate.
12 4
Nenn-Tragfhigkeit
11 Battery voltage
Leergewicht
max kg 5
Tension batterie V
Batteriespannung min.* kg
10 Rated drive power *
6
Puissance motr.nom. kW kg
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
voir Mode d'emploi
siehe Betriebsanleitung 7
9 8
6210_921-003_V2
1 Type
2 Production number
3 Year of manufacture
4 Tare weight in kg
5 Max. permissible battery weight in kg (for
electric forklift trucks only)
6 Min. permissible battery weight in kg (for
electric forklift trucks only)
7 Ballast weight in kg (for electric forklift trucks
only)
8 Refer to the technical data listed in these
operating instructions for more detailed
information
9 CE labelling
10 Nominal drive power in kW
11 Battery voltage in V
12 Rated capacity in kg
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 65
4 Overviews
Identication points
Production number
NOTE xx xxxx x xxxxx

The production number is used to identify the
truck. It can be found on the nameplate and
must be referred to in all technical questions. 1
The production number contains the following
coded information: 2
(1) Production location
(2) Model 3
(3) Year of manufacture
(4) Sequential number 4
7090_921-004
StVZO (Road Trafc Licensing

Regulations) information
1 2
This label includes information on the weight
and load distribution of the truck.
5 3 4
7094_003-098
1 Tare weight (in kg)

2 Permitted total weight (in kg)
3 Permitted front axle weight (in kg)
4 Permitted rear axle weight (in kg)
5 Payload (in kg)
66 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
5
Operation
5 Operation
Checks and operations prior to commissioning

Visual inspections
WARNING
Risk of accident due to damage or other defects on
the truck or on the attachment (variant)!
Damage to the truck or the attachment (variant) can
lead to unpredictable and dangerous situations.
If damage or other defects are identied on the
truck or attachment (variant) during the following
inspections, the truck must not be used until it has
been properly repaired.
Do not remove or deactivate safety devices and
switches.
Do not change predened set values.
Do not use the truck until it has been properly
repaired
WARNING
There is a risk of falling when working on high parts
of the truck.
Use only the steps provided on the truck.
Do not stand on truck components or use them
to help you climb onto the truck.
Use suitable equipment.
Prior to start-up, ensure that the truck is safe

to be operated:
2
The fork arms must be secured against
lifting and shifting.
The locking devices (1) of the fork arms
must not be damaged or deformed. 1
Fork arms and other lifting accessories
must not show any noticeable damage (e.g.
bends, cracks, signicant wear).
The roller tracks (2) must be lubricated with
a visible grease lm.
The chains must not be damaged and must
be evenly and adequately tensioned.
Check the area under the truck for leaking
consumables. 6210_000-002
The guard grille (variant) and overhead

guard must be undamaged and securely
mounted.
68 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Attachments (variant) must be properly

mounted and function according to the
All decal information signs must be in
place and legible. Replace damaged or
missing adhesive labels in accordance with
the overview in the "Identication points"
chapter.
Any warning units (e.g. signal horn) must be
in perfect condition and function correctly.
Check the visible areas of the hydraulic
system and hydraulic oil tank for damage
and leaks. Damaged hoses must be
replaced by the authorised service centre.
The battery must be securely locked.
Check the battery male connector for dam-
age (e.g. cracks, breaks or deformation of
the housing, bent or damaged contacts). If
necessary, have the battery male connector
The battery door must be closed correctly
and the door lock must be properly secured.
The battery lock latches, the battery door
and the battery hood must not be damaged
or deformed.
The battery hood must be closed correctly
and the hood lock must be properly secured.
The battery hood and battery door must
show no noticeable damage (e.g. cracks or
breaks).
Steps must be clean and free of ice.
Any panes of glass (variant, e.g. wind-
screen) must be clean and free of ice.
Depending on the tyres, the truck may be
tted with an antistatic belt. The antistatic
belt must not be damaged. It must also be
clean and long enough to touch the ground
A tow coupling (variant) must show no
noticeable damage (e.g. coupling pin
bent, cracks or breaks). Every removable
coupling pin must be secured against loss
with a securing device (e.g. a chain, a split
pin or a rope).
Damage or other defects on the truck or
attachment (variant) must be reported to
the supervisor or responsible eet manager
immediately so that they can arrange for the
defect to be rectied.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 69
5 Operation
WARNING
Risk of component damage!
A deformed or damaged battery male connector
can cause overheating and related consequential
damage.
Check the battery male connector for damage.
If necessary, have the battery male connector
DANGER
Risk of explosion if hydrogen builds
up in the cab!
If the truck is equipped with a
cab, hydrogen from the battery
compartment can penetrate the cab
through unsealed bores in the battery
hood. A build-up of hydrogen can
lead to explosions.
There must be no unsealed bores in
the battery hood. Sealing bores with
plugs is not sufcient to prevent gas
from escaping.
Have unused bores in the battery
hood sealed by the authorised
service centre.
Filling the washer system
CAUTION
If there is no anti-freeze in the system, the washer
system can be damaged.
Always use washer uid containing anti-freeze.
NOTE
The washer system container is at the front
right, beneath the valve cover. The lling
opening is accessible from above
70 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Open the ller cap (1) of the washer system

(variant).
1
Fill the windscreen washer container with
washer uid containing anti-freeze ac-
cording to the maintenance data table
(see Chapter "Maintenance data ta-
ble", P. 6-303).
NOTE
Fill to a max. level of approx. 1 cm below the
ller neck.
Close the ller cap.
Operate washer system until washer uid is
discharged from the spray nozzles. 5060_003-150_V2
Checking the condition of the wheels

and tyres
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Uneven wear reduces the stability of the truck and
increases the braking distance.
Renew left and right worn or damaged tyres
without delay.
WARNING
Risk of tipping!
Tyre quality affects the stability of the truck.
If you wish to use a different type of tyre on the truck
from the tyres approved by the truck manufacturer,
or tyres from a different manufacturer, you must rst
obtain approval from the truck manufacturer.
WARNING
Risk to stability!
When using pneumatic tyres or solid rubber tyres,
rim wheel parts must never be changed and rim
wheel parts from different manufacturers must not
be mixed.
NOTE
Only approved types of tyre may be used; see
chapter entitled "Tyres".
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 71
5 Operation
Check tyres (1) for wear or damage.

1
Tyres must not be damaged or excessively
worn. They must be worn evenly on both
sides.
NOTE
Observe the safety regulations in the chapter
entitled "Tyres".
5051_460-004
Adjusting the GS15 drivers seat
DANGER
There is a risk of accident if the seat or seat backrest
shifts suddenly, which could cause the driver to
move in an uncontrolled manner. This may result in
unintentional actuation of the steering or operating
devices and thus cause the truck or load to move in
an uncontrolled fashion.
Do not adjust the seat or seat backrest while
driving.
Adjust the seat and the seat backrest so that all
operating devices can be actuated safely
Ensure that the seat and seat backrest are
securely engaged.
WARNING
On some equipment variants, the
amount of head clearance on the
truck may be restricted.
On these specic equipment va-
riants, the distance between the head
and the lower edge of the roong
sheet must be at least 40 mm.
NOTE
If there are separate operating instructions for
the seat, they must be followed.
72 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
WARNING
To obtain optimum seat cushioning, you must ad-
just the seat suspension to your own body weight.
This is better for your back and protects your health.
To prevent injury, make sure that there are no
objects within the swivel area of the seat.
Moving the drivers seat

Lift the lever (1) and hold.
3
Shift the drivers seat into the desired
position.
Release the lever and make sure that the
drivers seat engages.
Adjusting the seat backrest

Turn the knob (2) to the right or left until the
seat backrest is in the desired position.
Adjusting the seat suspension 2

1
NOTE 7094_003-007
The drivers seat is designed for people weig-

hing between 50 kg and 120 kg. Depending
on the drivers weight, three different weight
classes can be set for the seat (light, medium
and heavy).
NOTE
This adjustment should only be made while
the seat is occupied.
Push the lever (3) and hold.
Move the lever to the desired weight class.
Release the lever and make sure that it
engages.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 73
5 Operation
Adjusting the MSG 65/MSG 75

drivers seat
DANGER
There is a risk of accident if the seat or seat backrest
shifts suddenly, which could cause the driver to
move in an uncontrolled manner. This can result
in unintentional actuation of the steering or the
operating devices and thus cause uncontrolled
movements of the truck or load.
Do not adjust the seat or seat backrest while
driving.
Adjust the seat and seat backrest so that all
operating devices can be actuated safely.
Ensure that the seat and seat backrest are
securely engaged.
WARNING
On some equipment variants, the
amount of head clearance on the
truck may be restricted.
On these specic equipment va-
riants, the distance between the head
and the lower edge of the roong
sheet must be at least 40 mm.
NOTE
If there are separate operating instructions for
the seat, they must be followed.
WARNING
To obtain optimum seat cushioning, you must ad-
just the seat suspension to your own body weight.
This is better for your back and protects your health.
To prevent injury, make sure that there are no
objects within the seats swivel area.
74 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5

Push the drivers seat into the desired
position.
Release the lever.
Ensure that the drivers seat is securely
engaged.
1 7094_003-006
Adjusting the seat backrest

Do not put pressure on the seat backrest while
engaging it.
Push the seat backrest into the desired
position.
Release the lever.
Ensure that the seat backrest is securely
engaged. 2
NOTE
The backwards tilt angle of the seat backrest
can be restricted by the structural condition of 7094_003-008
the truck.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 75
5 Operation
Adjusting the seat suspension
NOTE
The drivers seat can be adjusted to suit the
weight of the individual driver. In order to
achieve the best seat suspension setting, the 4
driver should perform the adjustment whilst
sitting in the seat.
NOTE
The MSG 75 seat is equipped with electric air
suspension activated with an electric switch
instead of a lever (3).
Fully extend weight adjusting lever (3). 3
6321_003-038
Pump it up or down to set the drivers weight.

Return the weight adjusting lever to the
central initial position before each new lift
(audible click).
Fully fold in the weight adjusting lever once
adjustment is complete.
NOTE
The correct drivers weight has been selected
when the arrow (4) is in the centre of the
inspection window. A noticeable empty lift on
the weight adjusting lever shows that you have
reached the minimum or maximum weight
setting.
Adjusting the lumbar support (variant)

5
NOTE
The lumbar support can be adjusted to suit
the contours of the individual drivers spine.
Adjusting the lumbar support moves a convex
support cushion into the upper or lower part of
the backrest.
Turn the turning knob (5) up or down until
the lumbar support is in the desired position.
6321_003-039
76 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Adjusting the backrest extension

(variant) 6
Adjust the backrest extension (6) by pulling
it out or pushing it into the desired position.
To remove the backrest extension, move it
past the end stop by jolting it upwards.
6321_003-040
Switching the seat heater (variant) on

and off
NOTE
The seat heater only functions if the seat
contact switch is active, i.e. when the driver is
sitting on the drivers seat.
Switch the seat heater (7) on or off using the
7
switch.
6321_003-041
Adjusting the armrest
DANGER
There is a risk of accident if the armrest lowers sud-
denly, causing the driver to move in an uncontrolled
manner. This can result in unintentional actuation
of the steering or the operating devices and thus
cause uncontrolled movements of the truck or load.
Do not adjust the armrest while driving.
Adjust the armrest so that all operating devices
can be actuated safely.
Ensure that the armrest is securely tightened.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 77
5 Operation
Adjusting the length of the armrest

Release the star-grip handle (1) by turning
it anti-clockwise.
3 1 2
Shift the armrest (2) into the desired posi-
tion.
Tighten the star-grip handle by turning it
clockwise.
Check that the armrest is rmly attached.
Adjusting the height of the armrest

Release hand wheel (3) by turning it anti-
clockwise.
Shift the armrest (2) into the desired posi- 7331_342-001
tion.
Tighten the hand wheel by turning it clock-
wise.
Check that the armrest is rmly attached.
78 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
Commissioning
Climbing on/off
2
WARNING
Risk of injury when climbing on and off the truck due
to slipping, hitting parts of the truck or becoming 1
stuck!
If the footwell cover is very dirty or smeared with oil,
there is a risk of slipping. There is a risk of hitting
your head on the post of the overhead guard or of
your clothes becoming stuck when climbing off the
truck.
Ensure that the footwell cover is non-slip.
Do not jump into or out of the truck. 4
Ensure that you have a secure grip on the truck.
3
WARNING
5060_003-164
Risk of injury when jumping off the truck!

If your clothing or jewellery (e.g. watch, ring etc.)
becomes stuck on a component while you are
jumping out of the truck, this can lead to serious
injuries (e.g. from falling, loss of ngers etc.). It is
forbidden to jump off the truck.
Do not jump off the truck.
Do not wear jewellery at work.
Do not wear loose-tting workwear.
CAUTION
Component damage through incorrect use!
Truck components, such as the drivers seat,
steering wheel, parking brake lever etc., are not
designed to be used for climbing on and off the
truck and can be damaged due to misuse.
Only use the devices specically designed for
the purpose of climbing on and off.
To assist with climbing on and off the truck,

the footwell must be used as a step (4) and the
handle (1) must be used for support. The post
of the overhead guard (2) can also be used for
support.
Always climb onto the truck in a forwards
motion:
Grip the handle (1) with your left hand and
hold on.
Put your left foot on the step (4).
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 79
5 Operation
Commissioning
Use your right foot to enter the truck, and sit

down on the drivers seat (3).
Always climb off the truck backwards:
Grip the handle (1) with your left hand and
hold on.
Stand up from the drivers seat and climb
out of the truck with your right foot rst.
80 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
Connecting the battery male connec-

tor
Open the battery door.
1
CAUTION
If you connect the battery male connector with the
key switch switched on (under load), an arc will
be produced. This can lead to corrosion at the
contacts, which considerably shortens their service
life.
Do not connect the battery male connector with
the key switch switched on.
Make sure that the key switch is switched off
before connecting the battery male connector.
6327_600-001
Insert the battery male connector (1) fully

into the plug connection on the truck.
CAUTION
There is a risk of short circuit if the
cables are damaged.
Do not crush the battery cable when
closing the battery cover.
Ensure that the battery cable does
not come into contact with the
battery cover.
Close the battery door.
Shelf and cup holder 4
1
WARNING
Objects may fall into the footwell and obstruct the
pedals there is risk of accident!
Objects to be stored must be of the correct size so
they do not fall from the shelves (1, 2) or out of the
cup holder (3). Objects that fall into the footwell
during travel as a result of steering or braking can
slip between the pedals (4) and stop them working
correctly. The truck may subsequently not be able 4
to be braked when necessary.
Bottles of 1 l or smaller may be stored in the cup
holder. 2
Make sure that stored objects cannot fall from
the shelves when the truck is started up, steered 3
and braked. 5060_003-165
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 81
5 Operation
Commissioning
Unlocking the emergency off switch

Pull out/turn the emergency off switch (1)
until it unlocks. I II
F1
F2
1
1
III IV 1
F1 F2
1 6321_003-145
82 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
Switching on the key switch
WARNING
Before switching on the key switch, all tests prior to
start-up must be performed without detecting any
defects.
Perform the tests prior to commissioning.
Do not operate the truck if defects have been
detected.
Notify the authorised service centre.
NOTE
If the truck is switched on with the steering
wheel turned, the maximum driving speed
is limited. The driving speed limitation is
disabled as soon as the truck is steered out of
cornering to drive in a straight line. A change
in steering angle of around half a revolution is
sufcient for this to be the case.
Insert switch key (1) into the key switch and
turn to position "I".
0 I
5060_003-029_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 83
5 Operation
Commissioning
This initiates a self-test. All lamps in the drive

direction and turn indicator displays light up
briey.
7312_003-085
When the key switch is switched on, the

display shows the welcome screen in the set
language.
84 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
The display will indicate the warning message

TILTING / SPEED.
NOTE
The tilt speed of the lift mast in this truck is
signicantly higher than for previous products
in this series.
The truck controller is now fully started up.
If the truck has the "access authorisation with
PIN code" variant, the display initially changes
to the input menu for access authorisation.
If the truck is ready for operation, the standard
displays are shown.
5060_003-176_en
Standard display elements

1 Battery charge 1
The useable battery capacity appears in
the display eld as a percentage.
2 Drive programme
The current drive program (1-5) appears 75 % 2
in the display eld. 2
3 Steering position
90
The position of the steering appears in 3
12:15
the display eld.
4 Time
The current time appears in the display 4
eld.
NOTE 5060_003-008
After connecting the battery, the correct

charge status is not displayed until after being
placed under load for the rst time by driving
or lifting.
NOTE
Have all repair and maintenance work perfor-
med by an authorised service centre. This is
the only way to permanently correct defects.
Inform the authorised service centre when
the maintenance interval is reached.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 85
5 Operation
Commissioning
NOTE
Additional information may appear on the dis-
play. If malfunctions occur, refer to the infor-
mation in the chapter entitled "Malfunctions".
Access authorisation with PIN code

(variant)
Description
Trucks equipped with the "Access authori-
sation with PIN code" variant are protected
against unauthorised use by a ve-digit driver
PIN. Up to fty different driver PINs can be
dened so that the same truck can be used
by different drivers, each with their own driver
PIN.
NOTE
The driver PINs are dened in a truck control
unit menu that can only be accessed by
persons with the corresponding access
authorisation, e.g. eet managers.
Once the key switch has been switched on,
the input menu for the driver PIN appears
on the display and operating unit screen. All
of the trucks functions (driving, hydraulics,
additional electrical installations and the
display and operating unit displays) are
blocked. The function of the hazard warning
system (variant) is guaranteed. Enter the ve-
digit driver PIN (possible entries from 00000 to
99999) to enable the blocked functions. Once
the correct driver PIN has been entered, the
standard displays are shown. All of the truck
functions are available.
The access authorisation can be congured
in such a way that the driver PIN has to be
re-entered each time the driver steps off the
truck, in order for the truck to be operated
again.
this matter.
The rst driver PIN is preset to "11111" at the
factory. All others are preset to "0xFFF" but
have no function as the highest valid driver PIN
86 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
is "99999". Persons with the corresponding

access authorisation, e.g. eet managers, can
change the driver PINs in the corresponding
menu.
NOTE
When rst commissioning the truck, we re-
commend you change the access authorisa-
tion set at the factory. This is the only way to
guarantee that the driver PIN is only known to
persons with corresponding access authori-
sation.
The driver PINs are stored in the truck control
unit. These are still available if the display
and operating unit has been changed. The
authorised service centre can use a diagnostic
device to read out the driver PIN and, if
necessary, restore the factory default driver
PIN.
ACCESS CODE input menu

The driver enters the ve-digit driver PIN
(00000 to 99999) in this input menu.
The driver PIN is entered using the buttons (1).
The digits entered for the driver PIN (2) are not
visible, instead being represented by circles.
If the driver PIN entered is correct, the familiar
display appears with the standard display, and
all truck functions are available.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 87
5 Operation
Commissioning
If an incorrect driver PIN is entered, the

message INVALID appears for a short time.
When the message goes out, the driver PIN
can be re-entered.
3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_023_en_V2
After three invalid entry attempts, the mes-

sage CODE DENIED appears. The input is
then locked for ve minutes before another
attempt can be made.
3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_024_en_V2
88 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
Dening the driver PIN

1
NOTE
The driver PIN can only be dened by persons
with the corresponding access authorisation,
e.g. eet managers. In order for the eet
manager to dene the driver PIN, the con-
guration menu must be accessed. The con-
guration menu is password-protected. After
entering the password, the eet manager can
congure general settings for the truck. To
change the password, see the chapter entitled
"Changing the password".
Push the drive program selection button (1) 2
and the menu change button (2) at the same Blue-Q_029_V2
time.
PASSWORD appears in the display.
Enter the four-digit password (factory
1
default: 2777) using the buttons (1).
Conrm the entry by pressing the ENTER
button (2).
3 8
1
6
3 ESC
1 6
4 9 4
2 7
5
2 7
5 0
2
BQ_030_en_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 89
5 Operation
Commissioning
CONFIGURATION appears in the display.

Use the drive program selection button (1) 1
and the menu change button (3) to select
the ACCESS CODE menu.
Conrm your selection by pressing the
ENTER button (2). 3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
3 2
BQ_31_en
Selecting the driver PIN

In the ACCESS CODE menu, there are fty 1
possible driver PINs to choose from.
The digit sequences can be set or changed in
the NEW CODE submenu.
3 8
Once the ACCESS CODE menu has been ac- 1

6
cessed, the CODE selection eld (2) contains 4 9

the number 1. The rst of the fty driver PINs 2 7
can now be dened. 5 0
Use the drive program selection button (1)

the desired driver PIN (1 to 50). 4 3 2
ENTER button (3). BQ_025_en_V3
90 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
NEW CODE appears in the display.

Enter the desired driver PIN using the
buttons (5).
The digits entered do not appear in the display.
Instead they are represented by circles in the
NEW CODE eld (6).
CONFIRM appears in the display.

The CONFIRM submenu is used to conrm
7
the new driver PIN.
Enter the new driver PIN for a second time
in the CONFIRM eld (8) using the buttons
(7). 1
3 8
1
3
6
8
6 4 9
If the entry matches the new driver PIN

2 7
5 0
4 9
previously entered, the system will accept 7
the new driver PIN once the last digit has
2
5 0
been entered. The display switches back to
the ACCESS CODE menu.
Another driver PIN can be dened here. 8
BQ_026_en
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 91
5 Operation
Commissioning
If the driver PIN entered in the CONFIRM sub-

menu does not match the driver PIN entered
previously in the NEW CODE submenu, the
message INVALID will appear.
The message will then disappear after a short
time. The new driver PIN can be entered in 3 8
the CONFIRM submenu for further conrma- 1
6
tion. 4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_023_en_V2
After three incorrect entries, the CODE DE-

NIED message appears.
The display switches back to the ACCESS
CODE menu. The desired driver PIN must be
re-dened.
3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_024_en_V2
92 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
Changing the password

It is recommended that you change the factory 1
default password.
NOTE
The password can only be changed when the
parking brake is applied.
Push the drive program selection button (1)
and the menu change button (2) at the same
time.
2
Blue-Q_029_V2
PASSWORD appears in the display.

Enter the current password using the
1
buttons (1).
Conrm the entry by pressing the ENTER
button (2).
3 8
1
6
3 ESC
1 6
4 9 4
2 7
5
2 7
5 0
2
BQ_030_en_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 93
5 Operation
Commissioning
CONFIGURATION appears in the display.

Use the drive program selection button (1) 1
the PASSWORD menu.
ENTER button (2). 3 8
1
6
4 9
2 7
5 0
3 2
BQ_032_en
PASSWORD/PASSWORD LEVEL appears in

the display.
1
Use the drive program selection button (1)
the desired PASSWORD LEVEL (2).
Conrm your selection by pressing the 3 8
1
ENTER button (3). 6
4 9
2 7 1
5 0
4 3 2
BQ_033_en
94 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
NEW CODE appears in the display.

The four-digit password can be entered using
1 2 3
the buttons (1).
CAUTION
Do not enter the password 1777! 3 8
If this password is entered, the conguration op-

1
6
tions for the eet manager are restricted to driver

3 ESC
1 6
4 9 4
authorisations and cannot be reset independently.

2 7
5
2 7
The authorisations can only be reset by the autho- 5 0
rised service centre!
Enter the new desired password using the

buttons (1).
4
The digits entered are shown in plain text in
the NEW CODE eld (4). BQ_034_en_V2

ENTER button (3).
In the NEW CODE eld, -??- appears briey.

The new password is conrmed.
To correct the new password, push the ESC
button (2).
The display switches back to PASS-
WORD/PASSWORD LEVEL.
Repeat the process steps from PASS-
WORD/PASSWORD LEVEL.
To exit the conguration menu, push the
ESC button repeatedly until the standard
displays appear.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 95
5 Operation
Commissioning
Operating the signal horn

1
Push the signal horn button (1).
F1 F2
1
The signal horn sounds.
NOTE
The signal horn is used to warn people against
imminent danger or to announce your intention
to overtake.
1
6210_003-095
96 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
Seat belt
DANGER
Even when using an approved
restraint system, there is some
residual risk that the driver might
be injured if the truck tips over.
This risk of injury can be reduced
through the combined use of the
restraint system and the seat belt.
In addition, the seat belt protects
against the consequences of rear-
end collisions and falling off a ramp.
We therefore recommend that you
also use the seat belt.
Fastening the seat belt

DANGER
Risk to life when driving without a seat belt!
If the truck tips over or crashes into an obstacle and
the driver is not wearing his seat belt, he can be 3
hurled out of the truck. The driver could slide under
the truck or collide with an obstacle. 2
There is a risk of fatal injury!
Fasten the seat belt before every trip.
Do not twist the seat belt when fastening it. 1
Only use the seat belt to secure one person
Have any malfunctions repaired by the authori-
sed service centre.
NOTE 7311_003-048
The buckle has a buckle switch (variant). In

the event of an operating error or malfunction,
the message SAFETY BELT appears in
the display and operating unit, see chapter
"SAFETY BELT message".
Pull the seat belt (3) out of the belt retractor
without jerking and fasten closely around
the body over the thighs.
NOTE
Sit as far back as possible so that your back
is leaning against the seat backrest. The
automatic blocking mechanism permits
sufcient freedom of movement on the seat.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 97
5 Operation
Commissioning
Click the belt tongue (2) into buckle (1).

Check tension of the seat belt. It should be
close to the body.
Fastening on a steep slope

The automatic blocking mechanism prevents
the belt from being extended whenever the
truck is on a steep gradient. It is not possible
to pull the seat belt any further out of the belt
retractor.
Move away carefully on the slope.
Fasten the seat belt.
5051_003-002
Releasing the seat belt

Push the red button (4) on the buckle (1).
Slowly guide the belt tongue back to the
retractor by hand.
NOTE
Do not allow the seat belt to retract too quickly.
The automatic blocking mechanism may be
triggered if the belt tongue strikes the housing.
It will then no longer be possible to pull the seat
belt out with the usual force. 4
Using increased force, pull the seat belt
around 10-15 mm out of the retractor to
disengage the blocking mechanism.
Slowly allow the seat belt to retract again. 1 7090_342-005
Protect the seat belt from dirt (for example,

by covering it).
Malfunctions due to cold

If the buckle or belt retractor is frozen, thaw
them out and dry them thoroughly to prevent
recurrence.
98 55048011501 EN - 12/2015
Operation 5
Commissioning
CAUTION
The seat belt may be damaged by heat!
Do not subject the buckle or belt retractor to exces-
sive heat when thawing.
Do not use air warmer than 60 C when thawing
out!
Checking the brake system for

correct function
DANGER
If the brake system fails, the truck is insufciently
braked or not braked at all, so there is a risk of
accident!
Do not commission trucks with a defective brake
system.
Checking the foot brake

1
Check pedal clearance:
There must be a distance of at least 60 mm
between the pressure point and the pedal
stop. 5060_003-015
Accelerate the truck without a load in a clear

area; see "Driving" chapter.
Press the brake pedal (1) rmly.
The truck must decelerate noticeably.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 99
5 Operation
Commissioning
Checking the parking brake

DANGER
If the truck rolls away, there is a risk of being run
over and therefore a danger to life!
The truck must not be parked on a slope.
In emergencies, secure with wedges on the side
facing downhill.
Only leave the truck when the parking brake is
applied.
Check the function of the parking brake at

walking speed or on a steep gradient by
applying the parking brake.
The truck must remain stationary on the
gradient with the parking brake applied. If 6210_342-005
the truck rolls in spite of an actuated parking

brake, contact your service centre.
Checking the steering system for

correct function 1
DANGER
If the hydraulics fail, there is a risk of accident as the
steering characteristics have changed.
Do not operate the truck if it has a defective
steering system.
Operate steering wheel (1). The steering

play while stationary must not be more than
two nger widths.
NOTE
If the truck is switched on with the steering 5060_003-031
wheel turned, the maximum driving speed is

limited. Travel speed limitation is removed
as soon as the steering wheel is moved out
of a cornering position into the straight-ahead
position. This requires a change in steering
angle of about half a revolution.
100 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Commissioning
Checking the emergency stop

function
WARNING
No electric brake assistance when the emergency
off switch is actuated!
Actuating the emergency off switch will disconnect
the drives from the power supply.
To brake, actuate the service brake.
Slowly drive the truck forwards.

Press the emergency off switch (1).
The truck will roll to a stop. I II
The display and operating unit shows the
message EMERGENCY SWITCH periodically. F1
F2
Brake the truck to a standstill by depressing

the brake pedal.
Pull out/turn the emergency off switch (1).
The truck performs an internal self-test and is
then ready for operation again. 1
1
III IV 1
F1 F2
1 6321_003-145
Zero adjustment of the load mea-

surement (variant)
NOTE
A zero adjustment must be carried out in
order to guarantee the accuracy of the load
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 101

5 Operation
Commissioning
measurement (variant) at all times. Zero

adjustment is required
as part of daily commissioning
after changing the fork arms
after tting or changing attachments.
NOTE
Accurate zero adjustment is only possible if
the fork is not carrying a load. Do not take up a
load yet.
NOTE
Accurate zero adjustment is only possible
within the rst lifting stage of the lift mast.
When carrying out the zero adjustment, do not
raise the fork more than 800 mm above the
ground.
NOTE
Operation of the lifting system depends on
which operating devices the truck is tted
with; see Chapter "Lifting system operating
devices", P. 5-131.
Set lift mast to vertical.
Raise the fork to a height of 300800 mm.
Keep button (1) for the "zero adjustment"
pressed for at least four seconds; the "zero
adjustment"(2)symbol will appear in the
display.
NOTE
During the following process, the fork carriage
must be lowered slightly and then stopped
abruptly. While doing so, the fork must
not touch the ground, otherwise the zero
adjustment will not be accurate. To stop
the lowering procedure quickly, release the 1 2
operating device for lowering so that it jumps
into the zero position.
Lower the fork carriage slightly and release 6210_003-071_V2
the operating device.
When the zero adjustment has been carried
out correctly, the value "0 kg" appears in the
operating unit display.
102 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Commissioning
Checking the vertical lift mast

position (variant) for correct function
NOTE
The function check of the lift mast vertical
position (variant) must be carried out every
time a truck is commissioned.
Actuate function key (1) to switch on the
comfort feature "lift mast vertical position".
Function display (2) must appear in the 1 2
display.
Tilt the lift mast backwards.
The lift mast must tilt back fully and move 6210_003-067_V2
gently as far as the end stop.
Tilt the lift mast forward.
The lift mast must tilt forwards and stop in the
vertical position.
Release the operating device to tilt and
actuate again.
The lift mast must tilt forwards fully and move
gently as far as the end stop.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 103

5 Operation
Driving
Driving
Safety regulations when driving
Driving conduct
The driver must comply with the highway code
when driving within the plant.
The speed must be appropriate to the local
conditions.
For example, the driver must drive slowly
around corners, in tight passageways, when
driving through swing-doors, at blind spots, or
on uneven roadways.
The driver must always maintain a safe
braking distance from vehicles and persons in
front, and must always have the truck under
control. He must avoid stopping suddenly,
turning at speed and overtaking in dangerous
places or in blind spots.
Initial driving practice must be carried out in
an empty space or on a clear roadway.
The following are forbidden during driving:
Allowing arms and legs to hang outside the
truck
Leaning the body over the outer contour of
the truck
Climbing out of the truck
Releasing the seat belt
Disabling the restraint system
Raising the load higher than 300 mm
above the ground (with the exception
of manoeuvring processes during the
placement into stock/removal from stock
of loads)
Using electronic devices, for example
radios, mobile phones etc.
104 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
WARNING
The use of multimedia and communication equip-
ment as well as playing these devices at an exces-
sive volume during travel or when handling loads
can affect the operators attention. There is a risk of
accident!
Do not use devices during travel or when hand-
ling loads.
Set the volume so that warning signals can still
be heard.
WARNING
In areas where use of mobile phones is prohibited,
use of a mobile phone or radio telephone is not
permitted.
Switch off the devices.
Visibility when driving

The driver must look in the drive direction and
have a sufcient view of the driving lane.
Particularly for reverse travel, the driver must
be sure that the driving lane is clear.
When transporting goods that impair visibility,
the driver must drive the truck in reverse.
If this is not possible, a second person acting
as a guide must walk in front of the truck.
In this case the driver must only move at
walking pace and with extra care. The truck
must be stopped immediately if eye contact
with the guide is lost.
Rear-view mirrors are only to be used for
observing the road area behind the truck and
not for reverse travel. If visual aids (mirror,
monitor) are necessary to achieve sufcient
visibility, it is necessary to practise using them.
For reverse travel using visual aids, extra care
should be taken.
When using attachments, special conditions
apply; see the chapter entitled "Fitting attach-
ments".
Any glass (variant, e.g. windscreen) and
mirrors must always be clean and free of ice.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 105

5 Operation
Driving
Driveways
Dimensions of the driveways and aisle
widths
The following dimensions and aisle width
requirements apply under the specied con-
ditions to ensure safe manoeuvring. In each
case, it should be checked whether a larger
aisle width is necessary, e.g. with deviating
load dimensions. Within the EU, there must
be compliance with the 89/654/EEC directive
(minimum safety and health requirements
for the workplace). The respective national
guidelines apply for the areas outside of the
EU.
The required aisle widths depend on the
dimensions of the load.
For pallets, these are:
Aisle width [mm]
Model Type With pallet With pallet

1000x1200 800x1200
crosswise lengthwise
RX50-10
5060 2888 3010
compact
RX50-10 5061 2942 3064
RX50-13 5063 3050 3172
RX50-15 5065 3104 3226
RX50-16 5066 3109 3231
The truck may only be used on driveways that

do not have curves that are too tight, have
gradients that are too steep, and entrances
that are not too narrow or low.
Driving on gradients
WARNING
Driving up and down long gradients may cause the
drive unit to overheat and switch off.
It is not permitted to drive up and down long gra-
dients due to the minimum specied braking va-
lues. The climbing capability values given below
only apply to overcoming obstacles on the roadway
and to short differences in level, e.g. ramps.
106 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
The truck may be driven on the following

upwards or downwards gradients:
Maximum gradient [%]

Model Type
With load Without load
RX50-10
5060
compact
RX50-10 5061
RX50-13 5063 19.0 25.0
RX50-15 5065
RX50-16 5066
The upwards and downwards slopes may not

exceed the gradient listed above and should
have a rough surface.
Smooth and gradual transitions should be
provided at the top and bottom of the gradient
to prevent the load from falling on the oor or
the truck being damaged.
Warning in case components project

beyond the truck contour
Trucks are often required to drive through
very narrow or very low spaces such as aisles
or containers. The trucks are dimensioned
for this purpose. However, movable parts
may project beyond the truck contour and
be damaged or torn off. Examples of such
components include:
A folding roof panel in the drivers cab
Cab doors
Fold-out LPG cylinders
Condition of the roadways

Roadways must be sufciently rm, level and
free from dirt and fallen objects.
Drainage channels, level crossings and
similar obstacles must be evened out and,
if necessary, ramps must be provided so that
trucks can drive over these obstacles with as
few bumps as possible.
Note the load capacity of manhole covers,
drain covers etc.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 107

5 Operation
Driving
There must be sufcient distance between the

highest points of the truck or the load and the
xed elements of the surrounding area. The
height is based on the overall height of the lift
mast and the dimensions of the load; see the
chapter entitled "Technical data".
Rules for roadways and the working area

It is only permitted to drive on routes autho-
rised for trafc by the operating company or its
representatives. Trafc routes must be free
of obstacles. The load may only be set down
and stored in the designated locations. The
operating company and its representatives
must ensure that unauthorised third parties do
not enter the working area.
NOTE
Hazard areas
Dangerous locations on the driveways must
be designated by the signs typical for trafc or,
if necessary, by additional warning signs.
Setting the drive programs

The driving and braking characteristics of the
drive can be set on the display operating unit. 1 2
Push the drive program button (1) repeat-
edly until the number of the desired drive
program appears on the display (2).
Drive programs 1-5 are available. 2
The basic principle is that the higher the drive

program number is, the greater the driving
dynamics.
The following drive programs are possible:
5060_003-092_V2
108 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
Drive programme 1 2 3 4 5
Speed (km/h) (forwards/backwards) 12.5/10 12.5/10 12.5/10 12.5/10 12.5/10
Acceleration (%) (forwards/backwards) 50 60 70 80 90
Deceleration (%) (forwards/backwards) 50 60 70 70 70
Reversing (%) (forwards/backwards) 50 60 70 80 90
Brake retardation (%) (electric brake booster) 60 70 80 90 100
.
Reducing speed with a raised load

(variant)
This function (variant) reduces the speed of
the truck with a raised load.
7321_003-052_en_V2
Special overhead guard for drive-in

racks (variant)
NOTE
In order to be able to enter "drive-in racks", the
truck can be equipped with a special overhead
guard (variant).
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 109

5 Operation
Driving
DANGER
Risk of crushing and shearing when driving through
the racks!
The outer contour of the special overhead guard is
narrower than the truck undercarriage. This may
create the impression that the driver is leaning out
of the moving truck unhindered and without danger.
Parts projecting from the racks may protrude into
the contour neck and seriously injure the driver.
When travelling, arms and legs must remain
within the truck.
When travelling, do not lean your body outside
the overhead guard contour.
The following height and width dimensions

for the truck with special overhead guard may
deviate from the standard equipment. b
Max. height to top of a
(mm) 2050
overhead guard
Max. width of overhead b
738
guard (mm)
Height to overhead guard c
(mm) 1270
neck
.
5060_003-172
110 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
Selecting the drive direction

The desired drive direction of the truck must
be selected using the drive direction switch 1
before attempting to drive. Actuation of the
drive direction switch depends on which
operating devices are tted on the truck.
Possible equipment variants include:
Multiple-lever
Mini-lever
Joystick 4Plus
Fingertip 2
Mini-console
NOTE 5060_003-082
The drive direction can also be changed during

travel. Your foot can remain on the accelerator
pedal while doing so. The truck decelerates
and is then accelerated again in the opposite
direction (reversing).
The indicator for the selected drive direction
("forwards" (1) or "reverse" (2)) lights up on the
display and operating unit.
Neutral position
If the truck is stopped for an extended period,
select the neutral position to prevent the truck
from suddenly starting if the accelerator pedal
is pressed inadvertently.
Briey select the drive direction switch
for the direction opposite to the current
direction.
The drive direction indicator on the display and
operating unit goes out.
NOTE
When the seat is vacated, the drive direction
switch is set to "Neutral". To drive, the drive
direction switch must be actuated again.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 111

5 Operation
Driving
Actuating the drive direction switch,

multiple-lever version
NOTE
Before actuating the drive direction switch,
see the notes about choosing the drive
direction; see Chapter "Selecting the drive
direction", P. 5-111.
For the "forwards" drive direction, push the
drive direction switch (1) downwards
1
For the "backwards" drive direction, push
the drive direction switch upwards
5060_003-095

mini-lever version
cross lever (1) forwards 1
the cross lever backwards
F1
F2
5060_003-096
112 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
Actuating the vertical rocker

switch for the "drive direction", joy-
stick 4Plus version A
For the "forwards" drive direction, push
the vertical rocker button for the "drive
direction"(1) upwards (A).
1
For the "reverse" drive direction, push
the vertical rocker button for the "drive
B
direction"(1) downwards (B).
6210_003-101
Actuate the drive direction switch,

ngertip version F1 F2

drive direction switch (1) forwards.
the drive direction switch backwards. 1
5060_003-097
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 113

5 Operation
Driving

mini-console version
drive direction switch (1) forwards.
1
the drive direction switch to the rear.
NOTE
Alternatively, the drive direction can also be
selected using the drive direction switches on
the operating devices.
5060_003-005
Starting drive mode
DANGER
Being trapped under a rolling or tipping truck could
cause fatal injuries!
Sit down on the drivers seat.
Activate the available restraint systems.
Observe the information in the chapter entitled

"Safety regulations when driving".
The drivers seat is equipped with a seat
switch. This checks whether the drivers seat
is occupied. If it is not occupied or in the case
of malfunction of the seat switch, the truck
cannot be moved and all lift functions are
locked out. In such a case, the message
SEAT SWITCH appears in the operating
unit display; see the chapter entitled "SEAT
SWITCH message".
Lift the fork carriage until the necessary
ground clearance is achieved.
Release the parking brake.
Select the desired drive direction.
114 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving

("forwards" (1) or "backwards" (2)) lights up on
the display and operating unit.
1
NOTE
Depending on the equipment, an acoustic
signal (variant) may sound a warning during
reverse travel, the warning light (variant) may
light up or the hazard warning system (variant)
may ash.
5060_003-082
Actuate the accelerator pedal (3).

The truck will travel in the selected drive direc-
tion. The speed is controlled by the accelera-
tor pedal position. When the accelerator pedal
is released, the truck decelerates.
NOTE
The truck can briey be stopped on upward
or downward gradients without actuating
the parking brake (electric brake). The truck
begins to creep downwards slowly. 3
DANGER
Risk of accident due to brake failure!
The electric brake only functions while the key 5060_003-084
switch is switched on, the emergency off switch

has not been actuated and the parking brake is
released.
Use the brake pedal if the electric brake malfunc-
tions.
Do not leave the truck without applying the
parking brake!
Changing the drive direction

Remove foot from accelerator pedal.
Select the desired drive direction.
Actuate the accelerator pedal.
The truck will travel in the selected drive
direction.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 115

5 Operation
Driving
NOTE
The drive direction can also be changed during
travel. Your foot can remain on the accelerator
pedal while doing so. The truck decelerates
and is then accelerated again in the opposite
direction (reversing).
NOTE
In the event of an electrical fault with the
accelerator the drive unit is shut down. The
electrical brake (service brake) causes the
truck to decelerate. The truck cannot be driven
again until the accelerator pedal has been
released and then actuated again, provided
the electrical fault has been corrected. If the
truck still cannot be operated, park it securely
and contact your authorised service centre.
Starting drive mode, dual-pedal

version (variant)
DANGER
Being trapped under a rolling or tipping truck could
cause fatal injuries.
Activate the available restraint systems.

Safety regulations when driving.
The drivers seat is equipped with a seat
switch. This checks whether the drivers
seat is occupied. If it is not occupied or in
the case of malfunction of the seat switch, the
truck cannot be moved and all lifting functions
are locked. In this situation, the message
SEAT SWITCH appears on the operating unit
display.
Lift the fork carriage until the necessary
ground clearance is achieved.
116 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
Press the right accelerator pedal (1) to drive

"forwards" and press the left accelerator
pedal (2) to drive "backwards".
NOTE
In the dual pedal version, any drive direction
switches on the operating devices will not
function.
2 1
5060_003-085

("forwards" (3) or "backwards" (4)) lights up on
3
NOTE
Depending on the equipment, an acoustic
signal (variant) may sound a warning during
reverse travel, the warning light (variant) may
light up or the hazard warning system (variant)
may ash.
The truck will travel in the selected drive direc-
tion. The speed is controlled by the accelera- 4
tor pedal position. When the accelerator pedal
is released, the truck decelerates.
5060_003-083
NOTE
The truck can be stopped briey on upward
or downward gradients without actuating the
parking brake (electric brake). The truck will
then begin to creep downhill slowly.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 117

5 Operation
Driving
DANGER
Risk of accident due to brake failure!
The electric brake only functions while the key
switch is switched on, the emergency off switch
has not been actuated and the parking brake is
released.
Use the brake pedal if the electric brake malfunc-
tions.
Do not leave the truck without applying the
parking brake!
Changing the drive direction

Remove foot from actuated accelerator
pedal.
Actuate the accelerator pedal for the
opposite direction.
The truck will travel in the selected drive
direction.
NOTE
In the event of an electrical fault with the
accelerator the drive unit is shut down. The
electric brake (service brake) causes the truck
to decelerate. The truck cannot be driven
again until the accelerator pedal has been
released and then actuated again, provided
that the electrical fault has been corrected.
If the truck still cannot be operated, park it
securely and contact your authorised service
centre.
118 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
Operating the service brake

The electric brake converts the acceleration 1
energy of the truck into electrical energy. This
causes the truck to decelerate.
Electrical braking recovers energy for the
battery. This results in a longer operating time
between charging operations and less wear to
the brakes.
The truck can also be braked with the mechan-
ical brake by actuating the brake pedal (2). In
the rst section of the brake pedals travel, only 2
the electric brake takes effect. As the pedal is
depressed further, the mechanical brake is
also activated and acts on the drive wheels
5060_003-006
DANGER
If the service brake fails, the truck cannot brake
sufciently. There is a risk of accident!
If the driver notices that the electrical braking effect
has reduced by 50% and that the drive torque has
decreased to 50% of the normal level, a component
failure may have occurred.
Bring the truck to a standstill using the brakes.
Use the parking brake if necessary to assist in
this process.
Do not operate the truck again until the service
brake has been repaired.
DANGER
At speeds that are too high, there is a danger that
the truck could slip or overturn!
The braking distance of the truck depends on the
weather conditions and the level of contamination
on the roadway. Note that the basic braking di-
stance increases with the square of the speed.
Adapt your driving and braking style to suit the
weather conditions and the level of contamina-
tion on the roadway.
Always choose a driving speed that will provide
a sufcient stopping distance.
Brake the truck by releasing the accelerator

pedal (1).
If the braking effect is inadequate, use
the brake pedal (2) as well to apply the
mechanical brake.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 119

5 Operation
Driving
Actuating the mechanical parking

brake
DANGER
There is a risk of being run over if
the truck rolls away and therefore a
danger to life.
The truck should not be parked on
a slope.
In emergencies, secure with wed-
ges on the side facing downhill.
Only leave the truck if the parking
brake is applied.
NOTE
Once the parking brake is released, the
previously selected drive direction is retained
and is shown on the drive direction indicator.
NOTE
If you operate the accelerator pedal while the
parking brake is applied and a drive direction
is selected, the message PARKING BRAKE
appears on the display.
Applying the parking brake

Apply the parking brake lever (2) and allow
it to engage.
1
The truck can no longer be driven. The drive
direction indicator will go out.
2
Releasing the parking brake
Push and hold the knob (1) on the parking
brake lever.
Move the parking brake lever all the way
forward, and then release the knob.
5060_003-035_V3
120 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Driving
Steering
DANGER
If the hydraulics fail, there is a risk of accident as the
steering characteristics have changed.
Do not operate the truck if it has a defective
steering system.
A B
Steer the truck by turning the steering wheel
(1) accordingly.
Turning the steering wheel in the direction of 1
arrow (A) steers the truck in drive direction (A).
Turning the steering wheel in the direction of
arrow (B) steers the truck in drive direction (B). A B
For turning radius information, see Chap-
ter "Technical data", P. 337.
A B
5060_003-007
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 121

5 Operation
Driving
Reducing speed when turning

(Curve Speed Control)
This function reduces the speed of the truck as
the steering angle increases, regardless of the
amount to which the accelerator has been ac-
tuated. If the steering angle is reduced again
upon exiting the curve, the truck accelerates in
line with how far the accelerator is depressed.
However, the function does not release the
driver from the duty to approach a curve at a
speed according to the following factors:
The carried load
The roadway conditions
The radius of the curve
6327_003-006
DANGER
The Curve Speed Control function cannot override
the physical limits of stability. Despite this function,
there still is a risk of tipping!
Before using this function, familiarise yourself
with the change to the driving and steering
characteristics of the truck.
DANGER
Increased risk of tipping if the Curve Speed Control
function is disabled! If the controller fails while the
truck is in motion or if the controller is disabled,
the truck will no longer automatically brake when
steering.
Do not turn off the key switch while driving.
Actuate the emergency stop switch only in
emergencies.
Always adapt your driving style to the conditions.
Despite the Curve Speed Control function, the

truck may overturn in extreme cases within the
following situations:
Cornering too fast on uneven or inclined
roadways.
Turning the steering wheel sharply while
driving.
Cornering with an inadequately secured
load.
Cornering too fast on a smooth or wet
roadway.
122 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Lifting
Lifting system variants
The movement of the fork carriage and the
lift mast heavily depends on the following
equipment:
The lift mast with which the truck is
equipped, see Chapter "Types of lift
mast", P. 5-128
The operating device with which the
hydraulic functions are controlled, see
Chapter "Lifting system operating de-
vices", P. 5-131
Regardless of the equipment variants of the
truck, the basic specications and procedures
must be complied with, see Chapter "Safety
regulations when handing loads", P. 5-147.
Automatic lift cut out (variant)

Description:
The automatic lift cut out (variant) means that
the load cannot be lifted above a preset height.
This function uses a sensor that is welded on
at the factory at the required lift mast limit
height. Once attached, the height cannot be
easily changed.
Application:
If the ceiling of the building is lower than
the maximum lift height of the truck, this
variant can prevent the lift mast from
accidentally hitting the ceiling, which can
result in damage.
If the truck is frequently used at a particular
height, the work is simplied by the auto-
matic lift cut out at this height.
NOTE
If a load is lifted very quickly, the fork carriage
and load are moved approximately 15 cm
above the position of the sensor due to
inertia. This deviation is already taken into
consideration at the factory when determining
the position of the sensor.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 123

5 Operation
Lifting
Overriding and reactivating the auto-

matic lift cut out
If a load needs to be lifted to the trucks
maximum lift height and the automatic lift
cut out function is not required, it is possible
to override the lift cut out. It is automatically
reactivated when the truck is switched off and
back on again.
To override the automatic lift cut out:
Press the "F1"(1) button on the display
operating unit. The automatic lift cut out is
now overridden and a load can be lifted to
the trucks maximum lift height.
To switch the automatic lift cut out back on:
Press the "F1"(1) button again.
F1
7312_003-160_V3
Lift mast vertical position (variant)

Description
If the truck is equipped with the "lift mast
vertical position" comfort feature (variant),
the driver can put down goods, such as paper
rolls, vertically with precision and thus avoid
damage when unloading. The tilt cylinders
run into the end stops gently to prevent hard
vibrations and impacts. Oscillating motions of
the truck are minimised, thus increasing work
safety. The lift mast vertical position reduces
wear on various components and therefore
reduces maintenance costs.
124 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
CAUTION
Risk of damage to property due to the lift mast
colliding with racks or other objects!
Before using the "lift mast vertical position"
comfort feature, position the truck at a sufcient
distance from racks and other objects.
The "lift mast vertical position" comfort feature

consists of the following individual functions:
Display of the "lift mast vertical position"
Automatic approach towards the "lift mast
vertical position"
Gentle running-in to the end stops
The "lift mast vertical position" comfort feature
is only available as a variant if the truck is 1
equipped with one of the following operating
devices: F1
F2
Double mini-lever (1)

Triple mini-lever (2)
Quadruple mini-lever (3)
Fingertip (4)
Joystick 4Plus (5) 2 3
4 F1 F2
5
6210_003-092
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 125

5 Operation
Lifting
Display of the "lift mast vertical position"

The driver can see the mast tilt on the display
and operating unit screen. The bar in the
display shows the current mast tilt relative
to the "lift mast vertical position". The arrow
above the bar marks the vertical position of the
lift mast.
1
6210_003-069_en_V2
Automatic approach towards the "lift

mast vertical position"
Switch on the "lift mast vertical position"
comfort feature via the button (1) on the
display and operating unit.
Tilt the lift mast forwards using the corre-
sponding operating device. The lift mast
stops automatically as soon as the prese-
lected setting is reached for the "lift mast
vertical position".
If the comfort feature is switched off, the lift
mast tilts forwards past the "lift mast vertical
position" without stopping.
1 2
If the lift mast is tilted backwards, it moves
past the "lift mast vertical position" without
stopping, regardless of whether the comfort
feature is switched on or not. 6210_003-067_V2
Gentle running-in to the end stops

The lift mast is braked gently at the end of the
tilt range. This prevents the lift mast from
stopping harshly in the end position and
reduces severe oscillating motions of the
truck.
126 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Tilting the lift mast forwards with the "lift

mast vertical position"
Actuate the button (1) to switch on the "lift
mast vertical position" comfort feature; the
function display (2) in the display shows the
activated status.
Tilt the lift mast forwards.
NOTE
The way in which the lifting system is operated
depends on the operating devices included in
the trucks equipment; see the chapter entitled
"Lifting system operating devices".
1 2
6210_003-067_V2
The lift mast is tilted forwards and stops as

soon as the vertical position is reached. The
arrow above the bar shown on the screen of
the display and operating unit represents the
"lift mast vertical position".
Tilting the lift mast forwards beyond the
vertical position:
Release the operating device for tilting and
actuate again.
The lift mast is tilted beyond the vertical
position up to the end stop. The current mast
tilt is shown in the display and operating unit.
To deactivate the "lift mast vertical position", 1
actuate the button (1) again.
6210_003-069_en_V2
Tilting the lift mast backwards with the

"lift mast vertical position"
The lift mast is tilted backwards without
stopping in the vertical position.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 127

5 Operation
Lifting
Possible restrictions on the "lift mast

vertical position"
In some circumstances, the lift mast cannot
move exactly into the preset vertical position.
Possible causes include:
Uneven ground
Bent fork
Bent attachment
Worn tyres
Severely deformed lift mast
The vertical position can be corrected by tilting
the lift mast using the relevant operating
device. If the vertical position has to be
corrected frequently, the "lift mast vertical
position" should be calibrated.
Calibrating the "lift mast vertical position"

Set the lift mast to the required position.
3
Press and hold the button (1) for the "lift
mast vertical position" for at least ve
seconds.
The message "? VERTICAL POSITION"
will appear on the display.
Storing the mast position:
Press the drive program selection button
(3).
The current mast position is stored. 2 1
Cancelling calibration:
6210_003-070_en_V2
Press the menu change button (2).
The calibration is cancelled.
Types of lift mast

One of the following lift masts may be installed
in the truck:
128 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Telescopic mast
During lifting, the lift mast rises over the outer
lift cylinders, bringing the fork carriage with it
via the chains (fork carriage rises twice as fast
1
as the inner lift mast). The top edge (1) of the
inner lift mast can therefore be higher than the
fork carriage.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to collision of the lift mast or
load with low ceilings or entrances.
Note that the inner lift mast or load may be higher
than the fork carriage.
Note the heights of ceilings and entrances.
6210_810-001
Hi-Lo lift mast (variant)

During lifting, the inner lift cylinder moves up
2
to free lift (3), and then the outer lift cylinders
raise the inner lift mast up to the max. height
(2).
NOTE 3
When lifting above the free lift, the fork car-
riage always remains at the upper edge of the
extending lift mast.
DANGER
Note that the inner lift mast or load may be higher 6210_810-002
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 129

5 Operation
Lifting
Triplex lift mast (variant)

During lifting, the inner lift cylinder moves up
2
to free lift (3), and then the outer lift cylinders
raise the inner lift mast up to the max. height
(2).
DANGER
3
Note that the inner lift mast or load may be higher
6210_810-002
Malfunctions during lifting mode

Incorrect extension sequence
DANGER
Risk of accidents!
In the case of Hi-Lo lift masts (variant) and triplex lift
masts (variant), an incorrect extension sequence
may occur, i.e. the inner lift mast may extend
before the free lift is complete. As a result, the
overall height is exceeded and damage may occur
in passageways or from low ceilings.
An incorrect extension sequence may, for

instance, result from:
The hydraulic oil temperature being too low.
Blocking of the fork carriage in the inner lift
mast.
Blocking of the free lift cylinder.
Blocking of the chain roller on the free lift
cylinder.
If the hydraulic oil temperature is too low,
slowly actuate the lift mast functions several
times in order to raise the oil temperature.
In the event that the fork carriage is blocked
in the inner lift mast, or the free lift cylinder
or chain roller are blocked, the cause of the
blockage must be eliminated before resuming
work.
Notify your service centre
130 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Load chains not under tension

DANGER
Danger caused by a falling load!
Make sure that the chain(s) does (do) not
become slack when lowering the load.
Slack chains can, for instance, result from:

Resting the fork carriage or the load on the
racking.
Fork carriage rollers blocking in the lift mast
due to contamination.
If the fork carriage or the load comes to an
unexpected stop, lift the fork carriage until
the chains are under tension again and
lower the load at another suitable location.
If the fork carriage rollers in the lift mast
become blocked due to contamination, lift
the fork carriage until the chains are under
tension again. Remove the contamination
before resuming work.
WARNING
Risk of injury!
Observe the safety regulations for working on
the lift mast, see the chapter entitled "Working at
the front of the truck".
Lifting system operating devices

The operation of the lifting system depends
on the operating devices that are tted on the
truck.
Possible equipment variants include:
Multiple-lever
Double mini-lever
Triple mini-lever
Joystick 4Plus
Fingertip
The following information must be observed
regardless of the equipment variant:
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 131

5 Operation
Lifting
DANGER
Reaching into or climbing between moving parts
of the truck (e.g. lift mast, sideshifts, working
equipment, load carrying devices etc.) can lead to
serious injury or death and is therefore prohibited.
Observe the safety regulations for handling
loads.
Only operate the lifting system from the drivers
seat.
Hydraulic blocking function

The hydraulic blocking function ensures that
all hydraulic functions are disabled whenever
the seat switch in the drivers seat is unloaded
This is when the driver stands up from the
drivers seat or exits the truck. All hydraulic
functions are disabled in this case:
Lift the load
Lower the load
Tilt the lift mast
Auxiliary hydraulic functions
To ensure that the hydraulics blocking function
does not lock as well, the operating device
must be in the neutral position for the "Lifting"
function.
Enabling the hydraulic blocking function

The hydraulic blocking function must be
enabled after the following incidents:
The driver has stood up from the drivers
seat whilst lowering the load.
The driver has left the drivers seat for more
than one minute.
Proceed as follows to enable the hydraulic
blocking function:
Lift the fork a little.
132 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Emergency lowering of the load after the

hydraulics blocking function has been
triggered
If the truck hydraulics are disabled by the ex-
haust valve of the hydraulic blocking function,
either permanently or due to a technical fault,
it is possible to lower a raised load at the valve
block. See the chapter entitled "Emergency
lowering".
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 133

5 Operation
Lifting
Multi-lever lifting system

A C
DANGER 1 2
Reaching or climbing between moving parts of the
truck (e.g. lift mast, sideshifts, working equipment,
load carrying devices etc.) can lead to serious injury
or death and is therefore prohibited.
Always observe the safety regulations for hand-
ling loads; see Chapter "Safety regulations
when handing loads", P. 5-147.
seat.
B D
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage
To lift fork carriage:
5060_003-099
Move the "lift-lower" operating lever (1) in

the direction of the arrow (B).
To lower fork carriage:
C D
the direction of the arrow (A).
Tilting the lift mast

To tilt the lift mast forwards:
Move the "tilt" operating lever (2) in the B
direction of the arrow (C).
A
To tilt the lift mast backwards:
7312_003-022_V2
Move the "tilt" operating lever (2) in the

direction of the arrow (D).
NOTE
The symbols on the operating levers show the
direction of movement of the lift mast or fork
carriage when the operating lever is moved.
134 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Controlling the lifting system using a

double mini-lever C
1
DANGER
A
F1
F2
equipment, load carrying devices etc.) can lead to B

loads.
D
seat.

5060_003-038
Move the "lift mast" 360 lever (1) in the

direction of arrow (B).
direction of arrow (A).

To tilt the lift mast forwards: 7312_003-114

direction of arrow (C). C D
direction of arrow (D).
NOTE
The symbols on the 360 lever show the B
direction of movement of the lift mast and the
fork carriage when the 360 lever is moved.
A
7312_003-022_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 135

5 Operation
Lifting

triple mini-lever C
1
DANGER
A
equipment, load carrying devices etc.) can lead to B
loads.
D
seat.

To lift fork carriage: 5060_003-105

direction of arrow (B).
direction of arrow (A).


direction of arrow (C). C D
direction of arrow (D).
NOTE
The symbols on the 360 lever show the B
direction of movement of the lift mast and the
fork carriage when the 360 lever is moved. A
7312_003-022_V2
136 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting

quadruple mini-lever
1 A C
DANGER 2
loads.
seat.
B D
Move the "lift mast" operating lever (1) in the

direction of the arrow (A).
Move the "lift mast" operating lever (1) in the
direction of the arrow (B).

To lift fork carriage: 7312_003-114

the direction of arrow (D). C D
the direction of arrow (C).
NOTE
The symbols on the operating levers show the B
carriage when the operating lever is moved. A
7312_003-022_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 137

5 Operation
Lifting
Controlling the lifting system using

the joystick 4Plus
DANGER
loads.
seat.

To lift the fork carriage:
Pull the joystick 4Plus (1) backwards (B).
To lower the fork carriage: A
Push the joystick 4Plus (1) forwards (A).
6210_003-089

To tilt the lift mast forwards:
2
Tilt the horizontal rocker button (2) to the left
(D).
Tilt the horizontal rocker button (2) to the
right (C).
C D
6210_003-090
138 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Fork-carriage sideshift
To move the fork carriage to the left.
Push the joystick 4Plus (1) to the left (E).
To move the fork carriage to the right:
F
Push the joystick 4Plus (1) to the right (F).
NOTE 1
E
The symbols on the joystick 4Plus indicate the
direction of movement of the lift mast or the
fork carriage.
6210_003-091
C D
A
7312_003-022_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 139

5 Operation
Lifting
Controlling the lifting system with the 2

ngertip console F1 F2
1
DANGER
loads.
seat.

6321_003-011
Pull the "lift/lower" operating lever (1)

backwards. 1 2
Push the "lift/lower" operating lever (1)
forwards.

Push the "tilt" operating lever (2) forwards.

2
Pull the "tilt" operating lever (2) backwards.
NOTE
The symbols on the operating levers show the 1
carriage when the operating lever is moved.
6210_713-002_V2
140 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Changing the fork arms
DANGER
There is a risk of being run over if the truck rolls
away, and therefore a danger to life.
Do not park the truck on a gradient.
Apply the parking brake.
Change the fork arms in a separate, safe location
on a level surface.
WARNING
There is a risk of injury when changing the fork
arms; the fork arms weight could cause them to fall
on your legs, feet or knees. The space to the left
and right of the fork is a danger area.
Always wear protective gloves and safety
footwear when changing the fork arms.
Ensure that no one stands in the danger area!
Do not pull on the fork arms.
The fork arms must always be carried by two
people; if necessary, use a hoist.
NOTE
For installation and removal, a transport
pallet is recommended for supporting
the fork arms. The pallet size depends
on the fork arm size used and should be
dimensioned such that the fork arms do not
protrude after being placed on the pallet.
This means the fork arms can be safely
placed down and transported.
Both fork arms can be pushed over onto one
side.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 141

5 Operation
Lifting
Removal
Select a pallet corresponding to the fork arm 1
size.
Position the pallet to the left or right of the
fork carriage.
Raise the fork carriage until the lower edges
of the fork arms are approx.3 cm higher than
the height of the pallet.
Actuate the parking brake and make sure it
is applied securely.
Turn the switch key to the left and remove it.
Undo the locking screw (2) on the right or 2
left.
Pull the locking lever (1) upwards and push
the fork arms outwards onto the pallet.
Installation
Position the fork arms to the left or right of
the fork carriage on a pallet.
Push the fork arms onto the fork carriage
from the outside towards the centre.
Pull the locking lever (1) upwards and push
the fork arms into the required position.
Ensure that the locking lever snaps into
place.
6210_003-027
Fit and tighten the locking screw (2).
DANGER
There is a risk to life caused by a falling load or fork!
Tighten the locking screw after every fork
replacement.
It is not permitted to drive or transport loads
without the locking screw.
NOTE
If the truck is equipped with the "load measu-
rement" comfort feature, then a "zero adjust-
ment of the load measurement" is imperative
after the fork arms have been changed; see
Chapter "Zero adjustment of the load mea-
surement (variant)", P. 5-101. Otherwise
correct measurement of the load cannot be
guaranteed.
142 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Fork extension (variant)
DANGER
There is a risk of being run over if the truck rolls
away and therefore a danger to life.
Do not park the truck on a slope.
Change the fork extension in a separate, safe
location on a level surface.
WARNING
There is a risk of crushing!
The weight of the fork extension can cause crushing
or cuts on sharp edges or burrs.
Always wear protective gloves and safety
footwear.
WARNING
There is a risk of tipping!
The weight and dimensions of the fork extension
affect the stability of the truck. The permissible
weights stated on the capacity rating plate must be
reduced in proportion to the actual load distance.
Observe load capacity, see the "Before picking
up a load" chapter.
NOTE
If the truck is equipped with the "load measu-
rement" comfort feature, a "zero adjustment
of the load measurement" is imperative after
the fork extension has been changed; see the
"Zero adjustment of the load measurement"
chapter. Otherwise, correct load measure-
ment cannot be guaranteed.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 143

5 Operation
Lifting
Attachment
1
DANGER
At least 60% of the length of the fork extension must
lie on the fork arm. A maximum 40% overhang over
the fork arm end is permissible. The fork extension
must also be secured against slipping from the fork
arm.
If the fork extension (1) is not secured with a secu-
ring bolt (2) and linch pin (3), the load with the fork
extension may fall. 3
Push the fork extension completely to the back
of the fork.
Make sure that 60% of the length of the fork
extension is on the fork arm.
Always secure the fork extension with a securing 2 7071_003-104_V2
bolt.
Always secure the securing bolt with a linch pin.
Remove the linch pin (3) from the securing

bolt (2).
Remove the securing bolt from the fork
extension (1).
Push the fork extension onto the fork arms
until it is ush with the fork back.
Insert the securing bolts located behind the
fork back fully into the fork extension.
Insert the linch pin into the securing bolt and
secure.
Removal
Remove the linch pin (3) from the securing
bolt (2).
Remove the securing bolt from the fork
extension (1).
Pull the fork extension from the fork arms.
Insert the securing bolt fully into the fork
extension.
Insert the linch pin into the securing bolt and
secure.
144 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting
Operation with reversible fork arms

(variant)
Normal operation
The reversible fork arms (variant) can be lifted
and tilted with the lift mast in the same manner
as a normal fork.
6210_862-013
Reverse operation
DANGER
Standard fork arms are not structurally designed for
reverse operation. If this is not observed, this can 1
lead to material failure and the load falling.
Do not carry out reverse operation with the
standard fork arms.
2
WARNING
Max.
Risk of accident from slipping load! 600 mm
Loads may slip on the fork arms (1) if there is no

load support. A fork extension (variant) cannot be
secured against slipping.
Load pick-up on the fork arms is not permitted.
6210_862-014
The fork extension (variant) must not be used.
WARNING
Risk of accident from the truck tipping over.
When driving, the centre of gravity of the load (2)
must not be higher than 600 mm above the ground.
The truck may tip forwards when driving or braking.
Only drive with the load centre of gravity up to a
max. of 600 mm above the ground.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 145

5 Operation
Lifting
NOTE
If the truck is equipped with the "load measure-
ment" comfort feature, then a "zero adjustment
of the load measurement" is obligatory after
the reversible fork arms have been changed;
see Chapter "Zero adjustment of the load
measurement (variant)", P. 5-101. Otherwise,
correct load measurement cannot be guaran-
teed.
146 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
Working with loads

Safety regulations when handing
loads
The safety regulations for handling loads are
shown in the following sections.
DANGER
There is a risk to life caused by falling loads or if
parts of the truck are being lowered.
Never walk or stand underneath suspended
loads or raised fork arms.
Never exceed the maximum load indicated on
the capacity rating plate. Otherwise stability
cannot be guaranteed!
DANGER 6210_003-030
Risk of accident from falling or crushing!

Do not step onto the forks.
Do not lift people.
Never grab or climb on moving parts of the truck.
DANGER
Risk of accident from a falling load!
When transporting small items, attach a load
safety guard (variant) to prevent the load from
falling on the driver.
Use a closed roof covering (variant) in addition.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 147

5 Operation
Working with loads
Before taking up load

Load capacity
The load capacity indicated for the truck on the
capacity rating plate may not be exceeded.
The load capacity is inuenced by the load
centre of gravity and the lift height as well as
by the tyres, if applicable.
kg
2
The position of the capacity rating plate can 1080 640 780 880 5230
be found in the chapter entitled "Identication 1310 660 800 910 5030
points".
WARNING
3
1500 680 1230
1500 690 1260
930 4830
950 4630
1500 710 860 970 4230
The gures show examples. 1500 730 880 1000 3830
Only the capacity rating plates on the truck are valid! 1 500 800 600 500
The attachment of additional weights to 5051_003-006

increase load capacity is prohibited.
DANGER
Risk to life from the truck losing stability!
Never exceed the maximum loads shown! These
values apply to compact and homogenous loads.
Otherwise, the stability as well as the rigidity of the
fork arms and lift mast cannot be guaranteed.
Improper or incorrect operation or the placement of
persons to increase load capacity is prohibited.
148 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
Example
3
Weight of load to be lifted: 880 kg (3)
Load distance from fork back: 500 mm (1)
Permitted lift height: 5230 mm (2) 2
WARNING
Risk of accident from the truck losing stability!
The permissible load of the attachments (variant) 88
and the reduced lifting capacity of the combination 0 5230
of truck and attachment must not be exceeded. K
g
Observe the special capacity rating plate infor-
mation shown on the truck and the attachment.
500
1
5051_003-007
Load measurement (variant)

Description
Knowing the weight of the load to be trans-
ported gives the driver greater security. If
the truck is equipped with the "load measure-
ment" (variant) comfort feature, the weight of
the lifted load can be measured and shown in
Load measurement is possible only when the
truck is at a standstill. Before performing a
load measurement, the load must be raised to
a height of 300-800 mm above the ground.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 149

5 Operation
Working with loads
The load measurement has an accuracy of

+/-3% of the rated capacity of the truck.
NOTE
In order to ensure accuracy at all times, a zero
adjustment of the load measurement must be
carried out. Zero adjustment is required.
as part of daily commissioning
after changing the fork arms
after tting or changing attachments.
Performing the load measurement

DANGER
The load may fall if the load centre of gravity has not
been taken into account or the load has not been
picked up securely.
Pick up the load securely; see the chapter
entitled "Picking up loads".
CAUTION
If the weight determined by a load measurement
exceeds the permissible residual load capacity of
the truck, the truck cannot be operated safely.
Set down and reduce load immediately.
If necessary, use another truck with sufcient
load-bearing capacity.
NOTE
Accurate load measurement is only possible
under the following conditions:
The hydraulic oil is at normal operating
temperature
The load is at rest at the beginning of the
load measurement
The load corresponds to at least 10% of the
nominal load capacity in trucks with a load
capacity of up to 2.5 t
The load corresponds to at least 5% of the
nominal load capacity in trucks with a load
capacity of 3 t and over
The lift mast is in the vertical position
The fork is not raised to more than 800 mm
above the ground
150 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
NOTE
The method of operating the lifting system
depends on the operating devices included in
the trucks equipment.
Ensure that the truck has been in operation
for a period of time before carrying out the
load measurement.
Set lift mast to vertical.
Raise the fork to a height of 300800 mm.
Ensure that the load is at rest.
Press button (1) for "load measurement";
the "load measurement" symbol (2) ap-
pears on the display highlighted in black.
NOTE
If the truck is equipped with mini-levers or
ngertip operation, the "F1" button can also be
pressed as an alternative.
NOTE
During the following process, the fork carriage 1 2
must be lowered slightly and then stopped
abruptly. While doing so, the fork must
not touch the ground, otherwise the load
measurement will not be accurate. To stop 6210_003-072_V2
the lowering procedure quickly, release the

operating device for lowering so that it jumps
into the zero position.
Lower the fork carriage slightly and release
the operating device.
NOTE
When stopping the lowering process the
load must be cushioned in order to create a
measurable impulse.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 151

5 Operation
Working with loads
When the load measurement has been carried

out correctly, the determined load weight is
displayed in the operating unit.
3
NOTE
If the load measurement is invalid, the value
"-9999 kg" is displayed in the operating unit.
6210_003-073_en
Picking up loads
To make sure that the load is securely sup-
ported, it must be ensured that the fork arms
are sufciently far apart and are positioned as
far as possible under the load.
If possible, the load should rest on the back of
the fork.
The load must not protrude too far over the
fork tips, nor should the fork tips protrude too
far out from the load.
Loads are to be picked up and transported as
close to the middle as possible.
DANGER
When transporting small items, attach a load safety
guard (variant) to prevent the load from falling on
the driver.
A closed roof covering (variant) should also be
used.
Removable roof panels may not be removed.
152 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
Adjusting the fork

1
Lift the locking lever (1) and move the fork
arms to the desired position.
Allow the locking lever to snap back into
place.
The load centre of gravity must be midway
between the fork arms.
Only actuate the fork prong positioner
(variant) when the fork is not carrying a
load.
6210_842-001
Danger area
The danger area is the area in which people
are at risk due to the movements of the truck,
its working equipment, its load-carrying
equipment (e.g. attachments) or the load.
Also included are the areas where loads
could fall or working equipment could fall or
be lowered.
DANGER
Risk of injury!
Do not step on the fork.
DANGER
Risk of injury!
Do not step under the raised forks.
DANGER
People may be injured in the danger area of the
truck!
The danger area of the truck must be completely
clear of all personnel, except the driver in his
normal operating position. If persons fail to leave
the danger area despite warnings:
Cease work with the truck immediately.
Secure the truck against use by unauthorised
parties.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 153

5 Operation
Working with loads
DANGER
Danger of death from falling loads!
Never walk or stand underneath
suspended loads.
Transporting pallets
As a rule, loads (e.g. pallets) must be transpor-
ted individually. Transporting multiple loads at
the same time is only permitted:
when instructed by the supervisor and
when the technical requirements have been
met.
The driver must ensure proper condition of
the load. Only safely and carefully positioned
loads may be transported.
6327_003-009
Transport of swinging loads

Contact your national regulatory authorities
(employers liability insurance associations in
Germany) prior to transporting swinging loads.
National regulations may place restrictions
on these operations. Contact the relevant
authorities.
DANGER
Swinging loads can result in the following risks:
Impaired braking and steering action

Tipping over the load wheels or drive wheels
Tipping the truck at right angles to the
direction of travel 6210_001-007
Risk of crushing of guide persons

Reduced visibility.
154 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
DANGER
Loss of stability due to slipped, unstable or, in
particular, hanging loads!
The following information should be noted when
transporting hanging loads:
Swinging of the load is to be prevented by

using the proper driving speed and driving
manner (careful steering, braking).
Hanging loads must be coupled to the truck
in such a way that the harness cannot shift
or release unintentionally, and cannot be
damaged.
Take particular care to ensure that there are
no persons in the direction of travel in the
driving lane.
Ensure that swinging loads do not put
persons at risk.
When transporting hanging loads, suitable
devices (e.g. guy wires or hand rails) are
to be made available and used by guide
persons.
DANGER
Risk of accidents!
When transporting hanging loads, never abruptly
perform or end driving and load movements during
transport.
Never drive on slopes with a hanging load!
Containers with uids cannot be transported as
hanging loads.
Picking up a load
DANGER
There is a risk to life caused by a falling load or if
parts of the truck are being lowered.
Never walk or stand underneath suspended
loads or raised fork arms.
Never exceed the maximum load values spe-
cied on the capacity rating plate. Otherwise,
stability cannot be guaranteed.
Only store pallets that do not exceed the

specied maximum size. Damaged loading
equipment and incorrectly formed loads
must not be stored.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 155

5 Operation
Working with loads
Attach or secure the load to the lifting

accessory so that the load cannot move
or fall.
Store the load so that the specied aisle
width is not reduced by protruding parts.
Approach the rack carefully, brake gently
and stop just in front of the rack.
6210_800-005
Position the forks.
NOTE
in this series. This is signalled by a warning
message shown on the display and operating
unit after the key switch has been switched on.
Set the lift mast to vertical.
Lift the fork carriage to the stacking height.
CAUTION
When inserting the fork into the rack, ensure that
the rack and load are not damaged. 6210_800-006
156 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
Insert the fork as far under the load as

possible. Stop the truck as soon as the
fork back is resting on the load. The load
centre of gravity must be midway between
the fork arms.
6210_800-007
Lift the fork carriage until the load is resting

entirely on the fork.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Beware of any people in the danger area.
CAUTION
Ensure that the roadway behind you is clear.
Reverse carefully and slowly until the load

is clear of the rack. Brake gently.
DANGER
6210_800-008
Due to the risk of tipping, never tilt the lift mast with
a raised load!
Lower the load before tilting the lift mast.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 157

5 Operation
Working with loads
Lower the load while maintaining ground

clearance.
5060_003-102

The load can be transported.
5060_003-101
158 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
Transporting loads
NOTE
"Safety regulations when driving".
DANGER
The higher a load is lifted, the less stable it beco-
mes. The truck can tip over or the load can fall,
increasing the risk of accident!
Driving with a raised load and the lift mast tilted
forward is not permitted.
Only drive with the load lowered.
Lower the load until ground clearance is reached
(not over 300 mm).
Only drive with the lift mast tilted backwards.
6210_800-011
Drive slowly and carefully round corners!
NOTE
"Steering".
Always accelerate and brake gently!
NOTE
"Operating the service brake".
6210_800-013
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 159

5 Operation
Working with loads
Never drive with a load protruding to the

side (e.g. with the sideshift)!
6210_800-014
Setting down loads
DANGER
Risk of accident due to changed moment of tilt!
Please note that the lift mast can be tilted far enough
forward with a raised load to cause the truck to tip
over.
The load centre of gravity and the moment of tilt
both change when the load slips. The truck may tip
forwards.
Only tilt the lift mast forwards with a raised lifting
accessory when it is directly above the stack.
When the lift mast is tilted forwards, take parti-
cular care to ensure that the truck does not tip
forwards and that the load does not slip.
WARNING
Risk of accident from falling load!
If the fork or the load remains suspended during
lowering, the load may fall.
When removing from stock, move the truck far
enough back so that the load and the fork can be
lowered freely.
NOTE
If the truck is to be used to store a raised load
with the lift mast tilted forwards, e.g. in a rack
with sloping racking channels, an additional
160 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
load capacity diagram must be created as the

stability will be affected.
this matter.
Drive up to the stack with the load lowered
in accordance with regulations.
Set the lift mast to vertical.
Lift the load to the stacking height.
Approach the rack at a moderate speed.
NOTE
in this series. This is signalled by a warning
message shown on the display and operating
unit after the key switch has been switched on.
6210_800-015
Lower the load until it rests securely on the

rack.
Look behind you!
Move the truck back until the fork arms can
be lowered without touching the stack.
Lower the fork to the ground clearance
position.
Tilt the lift mast backwards and drive away.
6210_800-016
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 161

5 Operation
Working with loads
Driving on ascending and descend-

ing slopes
DANGER
Danger to life!
On ascending and descending slopes the load must
be carried facing uphill.
It is only permitted to drive on ascending and
descending slopes if they are marked as trafc
routes and can be used safely.
The driver must check that the ground is clean with
a good grip.
It is not permitted to perform turns on ascending
slopes, to approach them diagonally or to park the
truck on them.
Drive at a reduced speed on descending slopes. 6210_001-008
It is not permitted to put items into stock or to

remove them from stock while on an ascending
or descending slope.
The forklift truck should not be parked on a slope.
In case of emergency, secure the truck with
chocks.
Driving on lifts
The driver is only allowed to use this truck
on lifts with a sufcient load capacity and for
which the operating company (see Chap-
ter "Denition of responsible persons", P. 26)
has been granted authorisation.
DANGER
There is a risk to life from being crushed or run over
by the truck.
There must be no personnel already in the lift
when the truck is driven into the lift.
Personnel are only permitted to enter the lift once
the truck is secure, and must exit the lift before
the truck is driven out.
5060_003-071
162 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with loads
Determining the actual total weight

Park the truck securely, see Chap-
ter "Parking the truck securely and switch-
ing it off", P. 5-282.
Determine the unit weights by reading the
1
truck nameplate and, if necessary, the Rated capacity
Capacit nominale
Unladen mass
kg Masse vide kg
attachment (variant) nameplate and, if Nenn-Tragfhigkeit Leergewicht
necessary, by weighing the load to be lifted.

Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg 2
Add the determined unit weights to obtain Rated drive power *
the actual total weight of the truck:

Nenn-Antriebsleist.
voir Mode d'emploi
Tare weight (1)
+ Max. permissible battery weight (2)
+ Ballast weight (variant) (3) 6210_001-016_V2
+ Net weight of attachment (variant)
+ Weight of the load to be lifted

+ 100 kg allowance for the driver
= Actual total weight
Drive the truck with the forks forwards into

the lift without touching the shaft walls.
Park the truck securely in the lift, see

Chapter "Parking the truck securely
and switching it off", P. 5-282, to prevent
uncontrolled movements of the load or the
truck.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 163

5 Operation
Working with loads
Driving on loading bridges
DANGER
Risk of accident if the truck crashes!
Steering movements can cause the tail end to veer
off the loading bridge towards the edge. This may
cause the truck to crash.
For 3-wheel trucks, the useable area of the loading
bridge must be enclosed so that the rear drive wheel
does not fall through.
The lorry driver and the truck driver must agree on
the lorrys departure time.
Establish the departure time of the truck.
Determine the actual total weight of the truck.
Before driving across a loading bridge, ensure
that it is properly attached and secured and has 6210_001-010
a sufcient load capacity (lorry, bridge etc.).

Ensure that the vehicle onto which you will be
driving is secured to prevent it from shifting and
can support the load of the truck.

Park the truck securely.
truck nameplate and, if necessary, the
attachment (variant) nameplate and, if
1
necessary, by weighing the load to be lifted. Rated capacity
Capacit nominale
Unladen mass
kg Masse vide kg
Nenn-Tragfhigkeit Leergewicht
Add the determined unit weights to obtain Battery voltage max kg
the actual total weight of the truck:

Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg 2
Rated drive power *
Tare weight (1) Nenn-Antriebsleist.
voir Mode d'emploi
+ Max. permissible battery weight (2) siehe Betriebsanleitung 3
+ Ballast weight (variant) (3)
+ Attachment net weight (variant) 6210_001-016_V2
+ Weight of the load to be lifted

+ 100 kg allowance for driver
Drive slowly and with care on the loading

bridge.
164 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Working with attachments

Fitting attachments
If the truck is equipped with an integrated
attachment (variant) at the factory, the speci-
cations in the STILL operating instructions for
integrated attachments must be observed.
If attachments are tted at the place of use,
the specications in the operating instructions
of the attachment manufacturer must be
observed.
If an attachment is not delivered together
with the forklift truck, the specications and
operating instructions of the attachment
manufacturer must be observed.
Before initial commissioning, the function
of the attachment and the visibility from the
drivers position with and without a load must
be checked by a competent person. If the
visibility is deemed insufcient, visual aids
such as mirrors, a camera/monitor system etc.
must be used.
NOTE
responsible person: "competent person".
CAUTION
Attachments must be CE-certied. If the truck is
not tted with an attachment-specic residual load
capacity rating plate and the operating devices are
not marked with corresponding pictograms, the
truck must not be used.
Order the residual load capacity rating plate and
pictograms from your authorised service centre
in good time.
The authorised service centre must adapt the
hydraulic system to the requirements of the
attachment (e.g. by adjusting the pump motor
speed).
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 165

5 Operation
DANGER
There is risk to life caused by a falling load!
Attachments that hold the load by exerting pressure
on it (e.g. clamps) must be controlled additionally by
a second operating function (lock) that is actuated
to prevent an unintentional release of the load.
If such an attachment is retrotted, a second opera-
ting function for actuation must also be retrotted.
Make sure that the additional clamp locking
mechanism function is available.
DANGER
There is risk to life caused by a falling load!
During installation of a clamp with integral sideshift,
ensure that the clamp does not open when the
sideshift is actuated.
Notify your authorised service centre before
installation.
Never grab or climb on moving parts of the truck.
Hydraulic connection
Before installing the attachment, release
the pressure from the hydraulic system.
CAUTION
Risk of damage to components!
Open connections of plug connectors can become
dirty. The plug connectors can become stiff and dirt
can enter the hydraulic system.
Once the attachment has been disassembled,
attach the protective caps to the plug connectors.
Mounting attachments
Mounting an attachment and connecting
the energy supply for an attachment must
only be performed by competent persons in 7090_900-001
accordance with the information provided

by the manufacturer and supplier of the
attachment. After each installation, the
attachment must be checked for correct
function prior to initial commissioning.
NOTE
responsible person: "competent person".
166 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Load capacity with attachment

The permissible load capacity of the attach-
ment and the allowable load (load capacity
and load moment) of the truck must not be ex-
ceeded by the combination of attachment and
payload. The specications of the manufac-
turer and supplier of the attachment must be
complied with.
Observe the residual load capacity rating
plate, see the chapter entitled "Taking up a
load using attachments".
Releasing the pressure from the

hydraulic system
Prior to assembling attachments, the plug
connectors must be depressurised.
Attachments must only be installed by au-
thorised personnel in accordance with the
information provided by the manufacturer and
supplier of the attachments. After each instal-
lation, the attachment must be checked for
correct function prior to initial commissioning.
NOTE
The pressure release procedure is dependent
on the operating devices for controlling the
hydraulic functions; see the chapter entitled
7090_900-001
"Lifting system operating devices".
Depressurisation, multi-lever
Switch on the key switch.
Lower the fork carriage to the ground.
Tilt the lift mast back to the stop
Switch off the key switch.
Actuate the operating lever for controlling
the hydraulic functions repeatedly in the
direction of the arrow as far as the end
position
NOTE
The number of operating levers shown may
differ from the trucks equipment. 2060_003-018
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 167

5 Operation
Releasing pressure, joystick 4Plus,

mini-lever and ngertip switch 1
NOTE
In trucks with the "FleetManager" or "access
authorisation with PIN code" equipment va-
riants, access authorisation must be enabled.
Lower the fork carriage.
Switch on the hazard warning system
(variant). F1 F2
NOTE F1
F2
Press the button for switching on the hazard

warning system even if the truck is not equip-
ped with a hazard warning system. Switching
on the hazard warning system prevents the
electrical system from being switched off,
even if the key switch is subsequently swit- 1 1
ched off.
Actuate the operating lever (1) for control-
ling the hydraulic functions repeatedly in
the direction of the arrow, as far as the end
position.
1
The valves open and the hydraulic system is
depressurised. 1
6311_003-034_V2
168 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
General instructions for controlling

attachments
The way in which attachments (variant) are
controlled depends on the operating devices
included in the trucks equipment.
Essentially, a distinction is drawn between:
Multiple-lever
Multiple-lever with a 5th function (variant)
Double mini-lever
Double mini-lever with a 5th function
(variant)
Triple mini-lever
Triple mini-lever with a 5th function (variant)
Quadruple mini-lever with a 5th function
(variant)
Joystick 4Plus
Joystick 4Plus with a 5th function (variant)
Fingertip
Fingertip with a 5th function (variant)
For information on controlling attachments
with the respective operating devices, see
the relevant sections in this chapter.
WARNING
Use of attachments can give rise to additional
hazards such as a change in the centre of gravity,
additional danger areas etc.
Attachments must only be used for their intended
purpose as described in the relevant operating
instructions. Drivers must be taught how to operate
the attachments.
Loads may only be picked up and transported
with attachments if they are securely grasped and
attached. Where necessary, loads must also be
secured against slipping, rolling away, falling over,
swinging or tipping over. Note that any change to
the position of the load centre of gravity will affect
the stability of the truck.
Refer to the capacity rating plate for the attach-
ments being used.
NOTE
Further variants and functions are available in
addition to the functions described below. The
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 169

5 Operation
directions of movement can be seen on the

pictograms on the operating devices.
NOTE
All the attachments described fall into the
category of equipment variants. Please
see the respective operating instructions
for an exact description of the respective
movements/actions of the attachment tted.
170 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Controlling attachments using

multi-lever operation 1
The attachments (variant) are controlled in
this version using the operating lever (1).
The pictograms on the operating lever show
all of the functions that are activated by this
lever.
The meanings are as follows:
Move operating lever (1) forwards.
The attachment moves in the direction of
movement shown in the upper part of the
pictogram.
Move operating lever (1) backwards. 2060_003-019

movement shown in the lower part of the
pictogram.
Note the following attachment functions and
pictograms. 2 3 4
Move side shift frame or fork for-

2
wards/backwards
3 Move sideshift to the left/right
5 6 7
4 Adjust fork arms: open/close
5 Swivel lift mast or fork to the left/right
6 Push off/pull in load
7 Turn to the left/right 8
8 Tip shovel over/tip shovel back
NOTE
5060_003-166
The pictograms shown correspond to the

attachments tted to this truck at the factory. If
an attachment with other functions is tted, the
pictograms must be checked for the correct
representation and changed if necessary.
Contact the authorised service centre if
required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 171

5 Operation

multi-lever operation and the
1 2
5th function
this version using operating levers (1) and (2).
On the operating lever (1) you can, with the
aid of switch (3), initiate a function changeover
so that this operating lever then controls the
"5th function".
NOTE
The "5th function" designation refers to the
fact that the four operating levers control
four functions, while the "5th function" can 5060_003-040_V2
be controlled by switching functions.
The top and bottom parts of the pictograms on 1
the operating levers always show the function
that is activated by that lever. The upper part
of the pictogram shows that the attachment is
equipped with the 5th function.""
The meanings are as follows: 3
Move operating lever forwards:
movement shown in the centre part of the
pictogram.
Move operating lever backwards:
movement shown in the lower part of the 5060_003-041
pictogram.
Actuate the switch
The additional function of the attachment is
activated and can be controlled as the "5th
function" with the operating lever.
NOTE
Please see the operating instructions of the
tted attachment for the movements/actions
resulting from using this "5th function".
172 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 2 3 4

2
wards/backwards
5 6 7
6 Turn to the left/right
7 Tip shovel over/tip shovel back 8
NOTE
5060_003-167

required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 173

5 Operation
Controlling attachments using a 1

double mini-lever
A D
The attachments (variants) are controlled in
this version using the "attachments" cross
lever (1).
C B
The pictograms on the "attachments" cross
lever show the respective functions that are
activated by this lever.
This essentially involves the following:
Move the "attachments"(1) cross lever in
the direction of the arrow (A) .
The attachment moves in accordance with the
pictogram in position (A).
5060_003-113

the direction of the arrow (B) .
pictogram in position (B). A
the direction of the arrow (C) .
pictogram in position (C).
the direction of the arrow (D) .
pictogram in position (D). C B D
5060_003-112_V2
174 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 3 5 7
3 Move sideshift frame or fork forwards

4 6 8
Move sideshift frame or fork back-
4
wards
5 Move sideshift to the left
6 Move sideshift to the right 9 11 13
7 Adjust fork arms: open
10 12 14
8 Adjust fork arms: close
9 Swivel lift mast or fork to the left
10 Swivel lift mast or fork to the right
15 17 19
11 Release load retainer
12 Clamp load retainer 16 18 20
13 Push off the load

14 Pull in the load 7312_003-099
15 Open clamps
16 Close clamps
17 Rotate to the left
18 Rotate to the right
19 Tip shovel over
20 Tip shovel back
NOTE
required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 175

5 Operation

the double mini-lever and the 5th 1
2
function E
NOTE
The "lift mast" 360 lever and the "attach- F
ments" cross lever control four hydraulic func-
tions. The "5th function" designation refers
to the fact that switching functions using the
"5th function" function key (1) control the 5th
hydraulic function via the cross lever.
The pictograms on the "attachments" cross
lever show the respective functions that are
activated by this lever.
7312_003-112
Actuate the "5th function"(1) function key
and move the "attachments"(2)cross lever
in the direction of arrow (E).
E F
pictogram in position (E).
Actuate the "5th function" function key (1)
and move the "attachments"(2) cross lever
in the direction of the arrow (F).
pictogram in position (F).
7312_003-113_V2
176 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 3 5 7

4 6 8
4
wards
10 12 14
15 17 19

15 Open clamps
16 Close clamps
19 Tip shovel over
20 Tip shovel back
NOTE
required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 177

5 Operation
Controlling attachments using a

triple mini-lever 1
A
this version using operating levers (1) and (2).
C
The pictograms on the operating levers show
the respective functions that are activated by
these levers. 2
Move the operating lever (1) towards (A)
pictogram in position (A). B
Move the operating lever (1) towards (B) D
5060_003-108
pictogram in position (B).

Move the operating lever (2) towards (C)
The attachment moves in accordance with the A C
pictogram in position (C).
Move the operating lever (2) towards (D)
pictogram in position (D).
B D
5060_003-109_V2
178 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 3 5 7

4 6 8
4
wards
10 12 14
15 17 19

15 Open clamps
16 Close clamps
19 Tip shovel over
20 Tip shovel back
NOTE
required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 179

5 Operation
Controlling attachments using the

three-way mini-lever and the 5th 3
function E
NOTE 1
Four hydraulic functions are controlled using
the "lift mast" 360 lever and operating levers 2
(1) and (2). The designation "5th function"
refers to the fact that the function change-over
uses the function key (3) , which then allows
the 5th hydraulic function to be controlled with
the operating lever (1).
The pictograms on the operating levers show F
these levers. 5060_003-121

and move operating lever (1) towards (E).
E
Actuate the "5th function" function key
(3) and move the operating lever (1) to-
wards(F).
pictogram in position (F) .
5060_003-120_V2
180 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 1
2 Adjust fork arms: close 2
NOTE 3
attachments tted to this truck at the factory. If 4
representation and changed if necessary. 5060_003-122

required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 181

5 Operation
Controlling attachments using a

quadruple mini-lever 1
The attachments (variant) are controlled in A
this version using operating levers (1) and (2). C
The pictograms on the operating levers show
the respective function that is activated by
these levers. 2
Move the operating lever (1) towards (A)
The attachment moves in the direction shown
in pictogram (A).
B
Move the operating lever (1) towards (B) D
5060_003-110
in pictogram (B).
Move the operating lever (2) towards (C)
The attachment moves in the direction shown A C
in pictogram (C).
Move the operating lever (2) towards (D)
in pictogram (D).
B D
5060_003-109_V2
182 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 3 5 7

4 6 8
4
wards
10 12 14
15 17 19

15 Open clamps
16 Close clamps
19 Tip shovel over
20 Tip shovel back
NOTE
required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 183

5 Operation

four-way mini-lever and the 5th 5
2
function
E
NOTE 1
3
Operating levers (1) to (4) are used to control
4 hydraulic functions. The designation "5th
function" refers to the fact that the function 4
change-over uses the "5th function" function
key (5), which then allows the 5th hydraulic
function to be controlled using the operating
lever (3).
The pictograms on the operating levers show F
these levers. 5060_003-119

and move operating lever (3) towards (E).
E
and move operating lever (3) towards (F).
pictogram in position (F).
5060_003-120_V2
184 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 1
2 Adjust fork arms: close 2
NOTE 3
attachments tted to this truck at the factory. If 4
representation and changed if necessary. 5060_003-122

required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 185

5 Operation
Controlling attachments via the

joystick 4Plus
In this equipment, the attachments (variant) 1
are controlled via the joystick 4Plus (1).
The pictograms on the decal information
about operation of the joystick 4Plus show
the respective functions that are activated
by the individual operating devices of the
joystick 4Plus.
6210_003-085

pictograms.
Operating Function of the 1 2 3
device attachment
Move sideshift to the
1 Joystick 4Plus 4 5
left/right
Joystick 4Plus or Adjust fork arms:
2 6210_003-098
slider open/close
Move reach frame
3 Slider or fork carriage
forwards/backwards
Joystick 4Plus or Rotate attachment
4 left/right
slider
Tip shovel over/tip
5 Slider
shovel back
NOTE
The pictograms on the joystick 4Plus are
attached according to the attachments tted to
this truck at the factory. If an attachment with
other functions is tted, the pictograms must
be checked for the correct representation and
changed if necessary.
required.
186 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

joystick 4Plus and the 5th function
pictograms. 1
Operating Function of the
device attachment
Horizontal
1 rocker button Release/open clamp
+ shift button "F"
NOTE 6210_003-096
The 5th hydraulic function can be used to

control an attachment. The pictograms on
the joystick 4Plus show which attachment
functions can be controlled using the 5th
function.
For attachments that are controlled using
the 5th hydraulic function, the procedures for 2
operation are as follows:
Press and hold shift key "F"(1) on the
joystick 4Plus.
Simultaneously actuate the horizontal
rocker switch (2) in the direction shown in
the pictogram so that the attachment moves
accordingly. 1
NOTE
The pictograms on the joystick 4Plus are
attached according to the attachments tted to
this truck at the factory. If an attachment with
other functions is tted, the pictograms must 6210_003-086
be checked for the correct representation and

changed if necessary.
required.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 187

5 Operation
Controlling the attachments with

ngertip F1 F2

this version using the operating levers (1).
1
The pictograms on the operating levers always
show the functions that are activated by that
lever.
Move operating lever (1) forwards.
pictogram.
Move operating lever (1) backwards.
The attachment moves in the direction of 6321_003-013

pictogram.
pictograms. 2 3 4
Move side shift frame or forks

2
forwards/backwards
3 Move sideshift to the left/to the right
Adjust fork arms: open/close 5 6 7
4
Swivel lift mast or forks to the left/to
5
the right
6 Release/clamp load retainer
8 9 10
8 Open/close clamps
9 Turn to the left/to the right
6210_003-031
10 Tip shovel over/tip shovel back
NOTE
required.
188 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Controlling attachments with nger-

2
tip and the 5th function F1 F2
NOTE
3
The designation "5th function" refers to the 1
fact that the four operating levers control
four functions, while the "5th function" can
be controlled by switching functions.
The attachments (variant) are controlled using
the operating levers (1).
You can also use the switch (2) to switch
functions, in which case the corresponding
operating lever controls the "5th function".
The pictogram (3) behind the operating 6210_003-032
lever shows in the upper and lower parts the

function that is activated with this lever.
Move operating lever forwards.
pictogram.
Move operating lever back.
pictogram.
Actuate the switch (2).
The additional function of the attachment is
activated/deactivated and can be controlled
as the "5th function" using the operating lever.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 189

5 Operation
Press the function key (4).
NOTE 4
The arrow (5) under the function key indicates F1 F2
which operating lever is equipped with the "5th
function".
The "5th function" is switched to the 3rd
operating lever; see adhesive label (6).
5
6210_003-033
Press the function key (7).
NOTE
7
F2
The arrow (8) under the function key indicates
F1
which operating lever is equipped with the "5th

function".
The "5th function" is switched to the 4th
operating lever; see adhesive label (9). 8
NOTE 9
The movement/action of this "5th function"
can be found in the operating instructions of
the tted attachment.
6210_003-034
190 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5

pictograms. 10 11 12

10
wards/backwards
13 14 15
14 Release/clamp load retainer
15 Push off/pull in load 16 17 18
16 Open/close clamps
17 Turn to the left/right
18 Tip shovel over/tip shovel back 6210_003-035
NOTE
required.
Clamp locking mechanism (variant)

This truck can be tted with a clamp locking
mechanism as a variant. This prevents the
clamp from opening unintentionally if the
operating function is inadvertently triggered.
DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from falling loads if the
correct function of the clamp locking mechanism is
not guaranteed!
If other attachments are used on this truck in addi-
tion to the clamp, make sure that the clamp locking
mechanism function is reassigned to the corre-
sponding operating device every time the clamp is
reassembled; see the chapter entitled "Fitting at-
tachments".
Make sure that the additional clamp locking
mechanism function is available.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 191

5 Operation
Multiple-lever
NOTE
Clamping attachments are only available as
a special solution when the truck is equipped
with this multi-lever variant. To operate the
clamp locking mechanism, please see the
operating instructions that correspond to the
special solution.
Double mini-lever
To release the clamp locking mechanism,
push the operating lever (1) forwards.
2
The LED for button F2 (2) lights up as long as
the clamp locking mechanism is released.
F1
F2
1
NOTE
The hydraulic function for opening the clamp
is available for one second after the clamp
locking mechanism is released. After one
second, the clamp locking mechanism is
automatically reactivated.
To open the clamp, push the control lever
(1) forwards again. 6210_003-077
It is not necessary to release the clamp locking

mechanism in order to close the clamp.
To close the clamp, pull the control lever (1)
back.
To operate clamping attachments, see the
section entitled "Controlling attachments
using the double mini-lever and the 5th
function".
192 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Triple mini-lever
push the operating lever (1) forwards. 2
NOTE 1

back.
using the triple mini-lever and the 5th
function".
push the operating lever (1) forwards. 2
NOTE
1


back.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 193

5 Operation

using the quadruple mini-lever and the 5th
function".
Joystick 4Plus
To release the clamp locking mechanism, 1
press and hold shift key "F"(3) and move the
horizontal rocker button (1) to the right.
Keep shift key "F"(3) pressed and move
the horizontal rocker button (1) back to the
neutral position.
The LED (2) lights up as long as the clamp 3
locking mechanism is released.
To open the clamp, press and hold shift
key "F"(3) and move the horizontal rocker
button (1) to the right.
2
NOTE 6210_003-097

To close the clamp, press and hold shift key
F (3) and move the horizontal rocker button
(1) to the left.
To operate the clamping attachments, see
the section entitled "Controlling attach-
ments using the joystick 4Plus and the 5th
function".
194 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Fingertip
2
push the operating lever (1) forwards.
F1 F2

1
NOTE

back.
To operate the clamping attachments; see
the section entitled "Controlling attach-
ments using the ngertip and the 5th func-
tion".
Taking up a load using attachments 2

WARNING
Risk of accidents!
Attachments may only be used for their intended 1
purpose as described in the relevant operating
instructions.
3
Drivers must be instructed in the handling of the
attachments.
WARNING
Risk of accidents!
Loads may only be picked up and transported with
attachments if they are securely attached. Where
necessary, loads should also be secured against 7090_860-002
slipping, rolling, falling over, swinging or tipping

over. Note that any change to the position of the
loads centre of gravity will affect the stability of the
forklift truck.
Check the capacity rating plates for the attachments
or combination of attachments.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 195

5 Operation
Operation of additional equipment
The rating plates show the permissible

values for:
Load capacity Q (kg) (1)
Lift height h (mm) (2)
Load distance C (mm) (3)

Switching lighting on and off
1 7 6
Turn the key switch to position "I".
Press button (1) for the front working
spotlights.
The front working spotlights (4) are switched 3 8
on. 1
6
Press button (7) for the rear working spot- 9

lights. 7
2
The rear working spotlights (5) are switched 5 0
on.
NOTE
The "rear working spotlights" symbol (6) 2 5060_003-010_V2
lights up until the rear working spotlights are

switched off again.
3
NOTE
Depending on the conguration, the rear
working spotlights (5) only light up when the
drive direction switch is set to reverse.
Press button (2) for lighting.
The parking light (3, 4) is switched on.
Press button (2) again.
The driving light (3, 4) is switched on.
6210_602-002
196 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
5060_003-047
NOTE
4 5
Pressing a button again turns the correspon-
ding lighting unit off again.
NOTE
The parking light can also be switched on
without the key switch being switched on.
Switching the rotating beacon on and

off
Push the button (1) for switching on the
rotating beacon.
The rotating beacon symbol (2) appears on
the display. The rotating beacon is switched
on.
NOTE
Pushing the button again switches the rotating
beacon off again.
1 2
5060_003-045_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 197

5 Operation
Switching the hazard warning

system on and off 1
Push the button (1) to switch on the hazard
warning system.
All direction indicators and indicator 2
lights (2) ash.
NOTE
Pushing the button again switches the hazard
warning system off again.
NOTE
The hazard warning system can also be
switched on without the key switch being
5060_003-011_V2
switched on.
Switching direction indicators on and

off
Mini-lever version
Switch on the direction indicators by moving
the corresponding drive direction/turn
indicator cross lever (1) to the left or right.
1
The direction indicators and the correspond-
ing direction indicator lights (2) or (3) ash.
Switch off the direction indicators by moving
the cross lever to the centre position.
F1
F2
5060_003-096
198 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
2 3
5060_003-012_V2
Fingertip version
1
Switch on the direction indicators by moving
the corresponding turn indicator button (1)
to the left or to the right.
F1 F2

Turn off the direction indicators by pushing
the other turn indicator button.
5060_003-100
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 199

5 Operation
2 3
5060_003-012_V2
Mini-console version
Switch on the direction indicators by moving 1
the turn indicator switch (1) to the left or to
the right.
Switch off the direction indicators by moving
the turn indicator switch to the centre
position.
5060_003-046
200 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
2 3
5060_003-012_V2
Switching the double working

2
spotlights on and off.
The double working spotlights are tted up on
the front right and left on the overhead guard.
Each double working spotlight consists of
an upper working spotlight (2) and a lower
working spotlight (3). The upper working
spotlight illuminates the working area at
great lift heights, the lower working spotlight
illuminates the working area directly in front of
the truck.
Depending on the equipment, the upper
working spotlights can be switched on/off
automatically or manually. 3
6210_003-060
Switching the upper working spotlights

on/off manually
NOTE
The upper working spotlights can be switched
on/off independently of the lower working
spotlights. For information on switching
the lower working spotlights on, see the
"Switching lighting on and off" chapter.
NOTE
This function is not available if the truck is
equipped with rear window heating.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 201

5 Operation

Press button (1).
NOTE
Pressing the button again switches the work-
ing spotlights off again.
Switching the upper working spotlights

on/off automatically
For information on switching on working
spotlights, see the "Switching lighting on 1
and off" chapter.
The lower working spotlights light up.
6311_003-030_V3
The upper working spotlights are switched on
automatically when the lift mast is lifted for a
period of at least two seconds.
NOTE
In these two seconds, a maximum of two lifts
can take place so that the working spotlights
do not switch on each time a precise adjust-
ment is made. If more lifts are carried out
during this time, the upper working spotlights
will remain switched off.
NOTE
The upper working spotlights are switched
off automatically when the truck is driven for
longer than one second and faster than 2.1
km/h.
Lift-height-controlled switching on/off of

the upper working spotlights
NOTE
This equipment is available only if a proximity
switch is tted to the lift mast to record a
particular lift height of the fork carriage on
the lift mast.
Switch on the working spotlights.
202 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
The lower working spotlights light up.

The upper working spotlights are switched on
by the proximity switch when the fork carriage
reaches or exceeds the preset lift height.
The upper working spotlights are switched off
by the proximity switch when the fork carriage
falls below the preset lift height again.
CAUTION
Possible component damage caused by collision if
the proximity switch is set incorrectly.
The proximity switch may be adjusted by trained
personnel.
Inform the relevant service centre.
Operating the windscreen

wiper/washer
Push the button (1) to actuate the front
windscreen wiper/washer (variant).
Every time the button is pressed, the wiper 1

interval increases:
Button 1 Operating stage
Off
1st time On
2nd time Interval
Washer, hold down the
3rd time
third time you press it
4th time Off
.
5060_003-013_V2
FleetManager (variant)
FleetManager is an equipment variant and
can be tted to the truck in different versions.
The description and operation information can
be found in the separate operating instructions
for the corresponding FleetManager versions.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 203

5 Operation
Accident recorder (variant)

The accident recorder is an equipment variant
to the FleetManager (variant), which is in-
stalled in the trucks acceleration sensor. The
acceleration sensor records data in the event
of an accident. This data can be electronically
read out and evaluated. For further informa-
tion, contact your STILL service centre.
Driver restraint systems (variants)

Different driver restraint systems are available
as variants for this truck. The description and
operation for these systems can be found
in the separate "Driver restraint systems"
Clipboard (variant)
The clipboard (1) with reading lamp (2) is an
equipment variant.
1
2
6210_003-107
204 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Trailer operation
Trailer operation
Towed load
DANGER
There is an increased risk of accident when using a
trailer.
Using a trailer changes the truck handling charac-
teristics. When towing, operate the truck such that
the trailer train can be safely driven and braked at
all times. The maximum permissible speed when
towing is 5 km/h.
Do not exceed the permissible speed of 5 km/h.
Do not couple the truck in front of rail vehicles.
The truck must not be used to push any kind of
trolley.
It must be possible to drive and brake at all times.
6210_313-001
CAUTION
The maximum towed load for occasional towing
is the rated capacity specied on the nameplate.
Overloading can lead to component damage on the
truck. The sum of the actual towed load and the
actual load on the fork must not exceed the rated
capacity. If the existing towed load corresponds
to the rated capacity of the truck, no load may be
transported on the fork at the same time. The load
can be distributed between the fork and the trailer.
Check the load distribution and adjust it to
correspond to the rated capacity.
Observe the permissible rigidity value of the tow
coupling.
CAUTION
The maximum towed load only applies when towing
unbraked trailers on a level surface (maximum
deviation +/- 1%) and on rm ground. The towed
load must be reduced if towing on gradients. If
necessary, notify the authorised service centre of
the application conditions. The service centre will
provide the required data.
Inform the authorised service centre.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 205

5 Operation
Trailer operation
CAUTION
A support load is not permitted.
Do not use trailers with tillers supported by the
tow coupling.
This truck is suitable for the occasional towing

of trailers. If the truck is equipped with a
towing device, this occasional towing must
not exceed 2% of the daily operating time. If
the truck is to be used for towing on a more
regular basis, the manufacturer should be
consulted.
Tow coupling RO*230
CAUTION
The intended use of this coupling is restricted to the
towing of unserviceable trucks and, in exceptional
cases, for shunting purposes. It is not permitted to
use it for trailer operation.
DANGER
Never jack up or crane load the truck on the tow
coupling. The tow coupling is not designed for this
and could be deformed or damaged. The truck
could fall off, with potentially fatal consequences!
For jacking up and crane loading, use only the
designated connection points.
DANGER
If you briey leave the truck to couple or uncouple
the trailer, there is a risk to life caused by the truck
rolling away and running you over.
Lower the forks to the ground.
Switch off the key switch and remove the key.
206 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Trailer operation
Coupling
Take measures to prevent the trailer from
rolling away, e.g. use wheel chocks (1).
1 7090_900-008
Remove the security pin (2) from the

coupling pin (3).
3
Pull the coupling pin upwards to take it out.
Slowly move the truck backwards.
Insert the tow-bar eye of the trailer into the
towing jaws (4) of the tow coupling.
Insert the coupling pin and attach the
security pin.
DANGER
If the coupling pin is lost or destroyed during towing,
the trailer will become loose and uncontrollable. 4
This causes a risk of accident! 2
Use only original coupling pins that have been
checked for good condition! 5060_003-111
Ensure that the coupling pin is correctly inserted

and secured.
Remove any items used to prevent the

trailer from rolling away.
Tow or shunt the trailer.
Uncoupling
rolling away, e.g. use wheel chocks.
Remove the security pin from the coupling
pin.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 207

5 Operation
Trailer operation
Pull the coupling pin upwards to take it out.

Slowly drive the truck forward until the
tow-bar eye and towing jaws are separated.
Insert the coupling pin and attach the
security pin.
Tow coupling RO*244
DANGER
Never jack up the truck on the tow coupling or use
it for crane lifting. The tow coupling is not designed
for this and could be deformed or damaged. This
could cause the truck to fall, with potentially fatal
consequences!
Use the tow coupling only for towing.
For jacking up and lifting, use only the designated
connection points.
DANGER
The trailer coupling is not designed to support loads
and could be deformed or damaged. This could
cause the supported load to fall, with potentially
fatal consequences!
The tow coupling should be subjected only to
horizontal loads, i.e. the tiller must be horizontal.
DANGER
If you briey leave the truck to couple or uncouple
the trailer, there is a risk to life caused by the truck
rolling away and running you over.
Switch off the key switch and remove the key.
WARNING
Never reach between the coupling pins of the
towing jaws. If the component moves suddenly
there is a risk of injury!
Use a suitable device to release the coupling pin.
When not in use, close the automatic trailer
coupling.
208 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Trailer operation
NOTE
When manoeuvring in restricted areas, take
into account the projection of the coupling.
Coupling
NOTE 4
The trailer coupling RO 244 is intended for a
tow-bar eye in accordance with DIN 74054
(bore diameter 40 mm) or DIN 8454 (bore
diameter 35 mm)
Push the hand lever (4) upwards and open
the tow coupling.
CAUTION
When being coupled, the tow-bar eye must engage
in the middle of the coupling jaw. Failure to follow 7321_003-065
these instructions could result in damage to the

coupling jaw or to the tow-bar eye!
Ensure that the tow-bar eye enters the coupling
jaw centrally.
Slowly move the truck backwards.
DANGER
If the coupling pin works loose during towing, the
trailer will become loose and uncontrollable. This
causes a risk of accident!
Ensure that the coupling pin is engaged cor-
rectly.
If it is not, repeat the coupling procedure.
Remove any items used to prevent the

trailer from rolling away.
Tow the trailer.
Uncoupling
Push the hand lever upwards.
Slowly drive the truck forward until the
tow-bar eye and towing jaws are separated.
Close the tow coupling.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 209

5 Operation
Trailer operation
Towing trailers 7090_900-011
Drivers who are towing a trailer for the rst

time must practise driving with a trailer in a
suitable area.
When passing through narrow road areas
(entrances, gates etc.), observe the dimen-
sions of the trailer and load.
When towing multiple trailers, ensure
a sufcient minimum distance to xed
installations when turning and cornering.
The permissible length of the trailer trains
depends on the roadways to be driven and
may need to be determined during the test
drive.
It is the responsibility of the operating com-
pany to instruct the drivers regarding the
permissible number of trailers and, where
required, any additional speed reductions on
individual sections of the route.
NOTE
and "driver".
210 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Cold store application

The truck features cold store equipment
(variant), making it suitable for use in cold
stores.
It is equipped for two different types of applica-
tion and marked with the cold store symbol.
Cold store-compatible oils (for hydraulics
and gearbox) and greases (for moving parts,
gearing and chains) are used with the cold
store equipment.
Permissible use
Type of application 1:
6210_900-002
Constant deployment in temperature range
-5 C, brief deployment down to -10 C.
Type of application 2:
Alternating between indoor use down to
-32 C and for outdoor use +25 C, briey
up to +40 C. For this application, cold
store-compatible hydraulic oil must be
used according to the maintenance data
table; see Chapter "Maintenance data
table", P. 6-303.
Operation
CAUTION
Changing from a cold inside temperature to a warm
outside temperature may result in the formation
of condensation water. This water may freeze on
re-entering the cold store, blocking moving parts of
the truck.
It is essential that close attention is paid to the
duration of deployment in the different temperature
ranges for both types of application.
Before being used in the cold store, the truck must
be dry and warmed up.
The truck should not leave the cold store area for
more than 10 minutes. By adhering to this rule,
condensation water will not have time to form.
If the truck stays outside for longer than 10 minutes,
it must remain there at least until the condensation
water has drained off and the truck has dried off.
Depending on the weather, this will take at least 30
minutes.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 211

5 Operation
WARNING
Risk of injury!
If condensation water freezes in the cold store, do
not try to free blocked parts with your hands.
Drive the truck for 5 minutes or so and

operate the brake several times to ensure
operational safety.
Actuate all of the masts lifting functions
several times.
This warm-up phase is necessary to ensure
that the oil reaches the operating temperature.
Always park the truck outside the cold store.
CAUTION
Batteries should not be left in the cold store over-
night without power uptake or charging.
Charge the battery outside the cold store

and operate the truck using a replacement
battery.
Using batteries in the cold store

To compensate for the reduction in capacity
at low temperatures, it is advisable to use
batteries with the maximum nominal capacity
in the respective battery dimensions for the
range.
Electric forklift trucks should not be parked
for any longer than necessary in a cold area.
This also applies to unused batteries. The
charging station and the parking area for
trucks and batteries should be at normal
room temperature (not below 10C). Charging
is extremely slow at low temperatures. At
temperatures below 10C and with the usual
charging parameters, the battery cannot be
fully charged.
The battery must be fully charged before each
shift.
Puried water (topping-up water) should be
used constantly during the gassing phase to
ensure that it is mixed thoroughly with the
remaining acid. If the top-up water is not
mixed, it may freeze.
212 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Water top-up systems must not be used at

temperatures below 0C, as this could cause
the systems and the water present in the hose
lines to freeze.
On discharge, the battery voltage is therefore
generally lower at low temperatures, and the
nal discharged voltage is reached earlier, i.e.
the batterys capacity is lower.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 213

5 Operation
Operating the display and operating unit

Indicators
Standard displays
1 2
In the factory setting, the following indicators
can be seen in the display and operating unit:
1 Battery charge
Displays the available battery capacity
as a segmented bar graph in 10%
increments.
Approx. every 10 seconds, the display
switches from showing the battery charge
to the remaining operating time.
If a different drive program or a different
drive mode (e.g. Blue-Q) is selected,
the system immediately recalculates the
remaining operating time and indicates 4 3
for how long the truck can be driven if the 6341_003-006_V3
operating situation of the last 30 minutes

is maintained.
2 Drive program
Displays the number of the selected drive
program. To change the drive program,
refer to the section entitled "Setting the
drive program".
The Blue-Q icon appears when the
Blue-Q function is switched on; refer to
the section entitled "Blue-Q efciency
mode".
3 Power rating
The power rating indicator shows the
average energy consumption over the
last 30 minutes in kilowatts (kW).
Trends relating to the current energy
consumption are displayed as a vertical
bar graph . The percentage change
in each bar is shown in the table under
"Power trends indicator" below.
4 Time
Displays the current time digitally in hours
and minutes. The time can be adjusted;
see the chapter entitled "Setting the
time".
214 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
CAUTION
Deep discharges shorten the service life of the
battery.
If no bar is shown (0% of the available battery
capacity, i.e. around 20% of the nominal capacity),
deep discharge begins.
Deep discharge (no bar on the display) must be
avoided.
Cease work with the truck immediately.
Charge the batteries immediately.
NOTE
To prevent deep discharge, certain restric-
tions (variant) can be activated (e.g. slow
lifting). Consult the authorised service centre
on this matter.
Power trends indicator
Symbol Energy consumption trend
Signicant increase (> 50%)
Increase (up to 50%)
Slight increase (up to 30%)
No change
Slight decrease (up to -30%)
Decrease (up to -50%)
Signicant decrease (> -50%)
.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 215

5 Operation
Additional indicators
5 Menu change button
When the menu change button is 5 6 7
pressed, the following additional indi-
cators appear:
6 "Service in" display
Displays the remaining time in operating
hours until the next maintenance opera-
tion is due according to the maintenance
schedule in the maintenance instruc-
tions. Contact the authorised service
centre in good time.
7 Operating hours
9 8
Displays the total operating hours
completed by the truck. The hour meter 7312_003-106_V2
starts running as soon as the truck is

driven or the working hydraulics are
actuated.
8 Total distance
Displays the total distance driven in
kilometres.
9 Daily kilometres
Displays the kilometres driven for the
day.
NOTE
Ask the authorised service centre about the
speed driven indicator.
NOTE
Have all repair and maintenance work perfor-
med by an authorised service centre. This is
the only way to permanently correct defects.
Inform the authorised service centre when
the maintenance interval is reached.
216 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Adjusting the displays

1 2 3
NOTE
The parking brake must always be engaged
when you adjust the displays. The displays
cannot be adjusted if the parking brake is not ESC
engaged.
NOTE
When adjusting the displays, do not actuate
the hydraulic system operating devices. If you
do, entry is interrupted and the display returns
to the operating display.
The displays are adjusted in the CONFIGU- 7312_003-056_en_V3
RATION menu.
Press the drive program button (1) and the
menu change button (2) at the same time.
The display changes to the PASSWORD menu.
Press the return key (3).
The display changes to the CONFIGURA-
TION menu.
The following settings are possible and can be
found in the corresponding chapter:
Setting the date and time
Resetting the daily kilometres and daily
operating hours
Setting the language
Conguring Blue Q
Symbols in the display

Messages
To show operating messages, warning
messages or error messages in the display,
text messages and symbols are used.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 217

5 Operation
Symbols for operating messages

Description Symbol
Empty eld No display
Please wait
Service required
Lift limitation
Reference cycle
Battery charging
Drive program
Hour meter
Odometer
Daily hour meter
Daily odometer
Speed
Steering angle
Load
Time
Hydraulic system
Exh.gas purier
Coolant temperature
Fuel level
Blue-Q
Power rating (average)
Power rating (trend)
.
Symbols for warning messages

Description Symbol
Parking brake
Actuate seat switch
Safety belt
Battery acid level
Neutral warning message
218 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Description Symbol
Are you sure?
Oil pressure
.
Symbols for error messages

Description Symbol
Brake system malfunction
Overheating of the engine
Overheating
Malfunction in the electrical system
General malfunction
.
Symbols for auxiliary equipment soft key

functions
For the auxiliary equipment, the following
symbols for the soft key functions are used on
the left in the display:
Description Symbol
General function key OFF
General function key ON
Rear working spotlight OFF
Rear working spotlight ON
Front working spotlight OFF
Front working spotlight ON
Windscreen heating OFF
Windscreen heating ON
Rear window heating OFF
Rear window heating ON
Interior lighting OFF
Interior lighting ON
Roof wiper/washer OFF
Roof wiper/washer ON
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 219

5 Operation
Description Symbol
Heater blower OFF
Heater blower ON
Rotating beacon OFF
Rotating beacon ON
Seat heater OFF
Seat heater ON
Signal horn OFF
Signal horn ON
.
Symbols for the soft key functions for

menu navigation and for acknowledging
messages
For menu navigation and to acknowledge
messages, the following symbols for the
soft key functions are used on the left of the
display:
Description Symbol
ESC button to return to the main menu
ENTER button to conrm
OK button to conrm
RES button to reset
Button to return to the main menu
Button to return to the previous edit eld
Scroll button to scroll up
Scroll button to scroll down
Scroll button to count up
Scroll button to count down
.
Status LEDs of the function keys for

additional electrical installations
The current switch status of a button is indi-
cated with LEDs next to the relevant function
key for the additional electrical installation.
220 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Description LED
Function off LED OFF
Function on LED ON
.
Symbols for numeric keypad

The available inputs and the positions of the
keys are shown for inputting digits, ESC and
ENTER .
Keys for the digits 1 to 7 and the ESC and

ENTER keys for inputting the eet manager
password
3 ESC
1 6
4
2 7
5
BQ_037
Keys for digits 0 to 9 for inputting the driver PIN

(access code)
3 8
1 6
4 9
2 7
5 0
BQ_038
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 221

5 Operation
Setting the date or time

Switch to the "CONFIGURATION" 1 2 3 4
menu; see Chapter "Adjusting the dis-
plays", P. 5-217.
Press the drive program key (1) or menu 8
3
selection key (2) until the option TIME 6
appears.Conrm your selection by pressing 4 9
the Return key (4).
7
The "TIME" menu appears. 5 0
Press the drive program button (1) or the

menu change button (2) until the desired
time appears in the display.
As the buttons are held down for longer, the
scrolling speed increases in three levels. 7312_003-054_en_V3
Conrm the time set by pressing the Return

key (4).
Use the arrow key (3) to exit the menu and
return to the next higher level.
NOTE
The date is set in a similar manner.
Resetting the daily kilometres and

daily operating hours 1 2 3 4
The daily number of kilometres and daily
operating hours displays can be reset to zero:
Switch to the "CONFIGURATION" 3 8
menu; see Chapter "Adjusting the dis- 6
plays", P. 5-217. 4 9
Press drive program button (1) or menu 7
selection button (2) until the DAY-KM

5 0
option appears. Conrm your selection

by pressing the Return key.
The "DAY KM" menu appears.
Reset the values by pressing the RES (4)
button. 7312_003-055_en_V4
Use the arrow key (3) to exit the menu and

222 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
NOTE
The daily operating hours are reset in the
same manner.
Setting the language

The displays can be shown in additional 1 2 3 4
languages:
Switch to the "CONFIGURATION"
menu; see Chapter "Adjusting the dis- 8
3
plays", P. 5-217. 6
Press drive program button (1) or menu 4 9
selection button (2) until the LANGUAGE 7
option appears. Conrm your selection by 5 0
pressing Return key(4).

The "LANGUAGE" menu appears.
Press drive program button (1) or menu
change button (2) until the desired language
appears in the display. 7312_003-058_en_V4

Return key (4).
Use arrow key (3) to exit the menu and
Soft key button for operating various

equipment variants
There are two soft key columns available on
the display operating unit. With these soft
key columns, you can switch the additional
functions on and off, e.g. a rotating beacon.
The second soft key column is only available
if the truck has more than three additional
functions.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 223

5 Operation
A grey bar (3) highlights the active soft key

column, i.e. the soft keys in this column can be 1 2 3
operated. To change the soft key column:
Briey press the "Menu change button"(1).
The grey bar jumps to the other soft key
column. The required soft keys are now
active and the functions assigned to them
can be switched on and off using the
corresponding soft key buttons (2).
NOTE
In order to shift between the individual menus
of the display operating unit, press the "Menu
change button" (1) for approx. 1 second.
ABE_Softkeytasten_V2
NOTE
The functions of the two soft key columns
depend on the individual equipment of the
truck. Therefore, the soft keys on your display
operating unit may vary to those shown here.
Conguring Blue-Q efciency mode

The following operating modes can be se-
lected to activate the Blue-Q efciency mode:
STANDARD
Blue-Q is turned off whenever the truck
is commissioned. The driver can use the
Blue-Q button to switch efciency mode on
and off at any time while the truck is being
operated
FIXED
Blue-Q is switched on permanently when-
ever the truck is commissioned and during
truck operation. The driver cannot turn ef-
ciency mode off
FIXED-FLEX
Blue-Q is turned on whenever the truck
is commissioned. The driver can use the
Blue-Q button to switch efciency mode on
and off at any time while the truck is being
operated
224 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Switch to the CONFIGURATION menu;

see Chapter "Adjusting the dis- 1 2 3 4
plays", P. 5-217
Keep pressing the drive programme button
(1) or the menu change button (2) until op-
tion BLUE Q CONFIGURATION appears. 3 8
Conrm your selection by pressing the 6
Return key (4). 4 9
7
The BLUE-Q CONFIGURATION menu 5 0
appears.
Press drive program button (1) or menu
change button (2) until the desired ef-
ciency mode appears in the display.
Conrm the set efciency mode with Return 7312_003-179_en
button (4).
Use arrow key (3) to exit the menu and
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 225

5 Operation
Blue-Q efciency mode

Functional description
The Blue-Q efciency mode affects both the
drive unit and the activation of the additional
consumers, and reduces the trucks energy
consumption.
If the efciency mode has been activated, the
acceleration behaviour of the truck changes to
make acceleration more moderate.
When travelling at low speedsnormally
when manoeuvringno reduction is notice-
able despite the activated efciency mode.
For moderate speeds of at least approx.
7 km/h, acceleration is gentler. Therefore,
on distances of up to approx. 40 m, lower
speeds are reached than would be the case if
the efciency mode was not activated.
Blue-Q has no inuence on:
Maximum speed
Climbing capability
Traction
Braking characteristics
NOTE
The Blue-Q efciency mode can be swit-
ched on and off in the STANDARD and FI-
XED-FLEX operating modes. If the FIXED
operating mode is congured in the display
operating unit, the Blue-Q button has no func-
tion and the Blue-Q efciency mode is swit-
ched on permanently; see also chapter "Con-
guring Blue-Q efciency mode".
Effects on additional consumers

The following table shows the specic condi-
tions that cause certain auxiliary devices to
shutdown when Blue Q is activated. The aux-
iliary devices available depend on the truck
equipment.
226 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Shut-off Seat switch Truck stopped Drive direction

Front working
X X Backwards > 3 km/h
spotlight*
Rear working
X X Forwards
spotlight*
Top double working
X X > 3 km/h
spotlight*
Headlight* X X -
Side light - - -
Front wiper X X Backwards > 3 km/h

Rear wiper X X Forwards
Seat heater X - -
Cab heating X - -
*No shutdown for StVZO (Road Trafc Licensing Regulations) equipment.

.
Switching efciency mode Blue-Q on

and off
NOTE
The Blue-Q efciency mode can be swit-
ched on and off in the STANDARD and FI-
XED-FLEX operating modes. If the FIXED
operating mode is congured in the display
operating unit, the Blue-Q button has no func-
tion and the Blue-Q efciency mode is swit-
ched on permanently. For information on
conguring the Blue-Q operating modes, see
chapter "Conguring Blue Q efciency mode".
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 227

5 Operation
Press the Blue-Q button (1).

The Blue-Q symbol (2) appears next to the
drive programme symbol in the display and 1 2
operating unit, which means that the Blue-Q
efciency mode is activated.
Pressing the Blue-Q button once again turns
the Blue-Q efciency mode off again.
2
6210_003-065_V3
228 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Malfunctions
Malfunctions
Screen content
If a message is shown on the display operating
unit, the "Malfunction" message will light up in
2 3 4
the multi-function display(1).
1
The following messages can appear on the 3 8
screen:
1
6
4 9
A graphic symbol (2) 2 7
Message text (3) naming the event

0
An error code (4), consisting of a letter and

a four-digit number.
A message always appears repeatedly and
for a certain period depending on the event.
In the case of successive events, the respec-
tive messages are displayed one after another 7312_003-157
on the screen.
After a few seconds, the screen will alternate
between the last shown operating display and
the message.
The frequency of alternation depends on the
type of event.
If a message appears, follow these operat-
ing instructions.
Once the event is remedied, the message
disappears.
If a malfunction continues to occur, the
message will continue to appear.
Inform the service centre.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 229

5 Operation
Malfunctions
EMERGENCY SWITCH message
WARNING
No electric braking assistance is available when the
emergency off switch is actuated!
Actuating the emergency off switch will disconnect
The truck is equipped with an emergency off

switch. When this switch is actuated, the
driving functions and the functions of the
working hydraulics are blocked.
The EMERGENCY SWITCH message appears
periodically when the following criteria are
met:
The key switch is set to stage "I"
The emergency off switch is actuated
An operating device is actuated
Refer to the chapter entitled "Checking the
emergency off function."
SEAT SWITCH message

The truck is equipped with a seat switch.
If the SEAT SWITCH message appears, the
driving functions and the working hydraulic are
blocked.
The SEAT SWITCH message is triggered by
the following situations:
The seat switch is not actuated while the
accelerator pedal or steering wheel is
actuated.
operating device for the working hydraulics
is actuated.
The shift time has been exceeded.
The operating time has been exceeded.
NOTE
The operating devices shown in the following
illustrations are only examples and may differ
from the equipment on your truck.
230 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Malfunctions

accelerator pedal or steering wheel is
actuated.
The accelerator pedal or steering wheel is
actuated even though no one is sitting in the
drivers seat. SEAT SWITCH appears on the
display. The truck will not move.
Sit on the drivers seat and fasten the seat
belt.
The forklift truck can be driven again without
restriction.
7312_003-066_en_V2
The seat switch is not actuated while

the operating device for the working
hydraulics is actuated.
An operating device for the working hydraulics
is actuated even though no one is sitting in
the drivers seat. SEAT SWITCH appears on
the display. The working hydraulic functions
cannot be executed.
Sit on the drivers seat and fasten the seat
F1
F2
belt.
The working hydraulics can be operated
again.
7312_003-067_en_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 231

5 Operation
Malfunctions
Exceeding the shift time
NOTE
The shift time is adjustable.
If the key switch is switched on and the driver
does not leave the seat until the set shift
time is exceeded, SEAT SWITCH appears
on the display. This is also the case if an
operating device for the working hydraulics or
F1
F2
the accelerator pedal is actuated. Depending

on the conguration, the working hydraulic
functions can be executed normally, slowly or
not at all.
Standing up briey from the seat, sitting
back down again and fastening the seat 7312_003-067_en_V2
belt.
The forklift truck can again be operated without
restriction.
Exceeding the operating time
NOTE
The operating time is adjustable.
If the key switch is switched on, the parking
brake is released and the driver does not
leave the seat until the set operating time is
exceeded, and if neither the operating devices
for the working hydraulics nor the accelerator F1
F2
pedal are actuated during this time, SEAT

SWITCH appears on the display. The truck will
not move. Depending on the conguration, the
working hydraulic functions can be executed
normally, slowly or not at all.
Standing up briey from the seat, sitting
back down again and fastening the seat
belt.
7312_003-064_en_V2
The forklift truck can again be operated without
restriction.
232 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Malfunctions
SAFETY BELT message
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury in the event of
falling from the truck if it tips over!
If the truck tips over, the driver is at
risk of injury even if a restraint system
is used. The risk of injury can be
reduced by using a combination
of a restraint system and a seat
belt. In addition, the seat belt
protects against the consequences
of rear-end collisions and falling off
ramps. F1
F2
We therefore recommend that you

also use the seat belt
This device (variant) ensures that if the

seat belt is not being used or is being used
incorrectly, the truck will only drive slowly or
7312_003-107_en_V2
(optionally) will not drive at all.

Depending on the conguration selected,
the working hydraulics functions (lift/tilt) are
either available as normal, slowed down or not
available at all.
The SAFETY BELT message with the restric-
ted driving and lifting functions is triggered by
the following circumstances:
Seat belt not worn and drivers seat occu-
pied.
The seat belt is continuously fastened and
the drivers seat is occupied afterwards.
The seat belt is not fastened until after the
key switch has been switched on.
The seat belt is unfastened while driving.
If the SAFETY BELT message appears,
fasten the seat belt in accordance with the
regulations.
The truck can be operated again without
restriction.
If the seat belt is released while driving, the
truck will be limited to low driving speeds or will
be braked to a halt.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 233

5 Operation
Malfunctions
DANGER
Risk of accidents!
The speed must be adjusted to suit the driving
situation!
The increased safety provided by this function may
not be misused in order to take safety risks.
APPLY HANDBRAKE message
DANGER
If the truck rolls away, there is a risk of being run
over and therefore a danger to life!
Parking the truck without the parking brake applied
is dangerous and is not permitted.
The truck should not be parked on a slope.
Do not leave the truck until the parking brake has
been applied.
In emergencies, secure the truck using wedges
on the side facing downhill.
If you park the truck without applying the

parking brake and then vacate the drivers
seat, the APPLY HANDBRAKE message will
appear in the display (variant). An optional
signal tone sounds.
The APPLY HANDBRAKE message disap-
pears.
If the truck moves even though the parking
brake is applied:
Drive the truck onto level ground and park it
safely. Secure it with chocks if necessary.
7312_003-069_en_V3
234 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Malfunctions
LOWER FORKS message
DANGER
There is a risk to life caused by a falling load or if
parts of the truck are being lowered!
Parking the truck with the load lifted is dangerous
and is not permitted under any circumstances! The
increased safety provided by this function may not
be misused in order to take safety risks.
Before leaving the truck, lower the load fully.
The fork is not lowered.

If the fork is above the height sensor, the key
switch is turned off and the seat vacated,
the LOWER FORKS message appears in
the display (variant). An optional signal tone
sounds.
The message LOWER FORKS disappears.
7312_003-071_en_V2
REFERENCE CYCLE message

If the fork was lowered after the truck was
switched off, the control electronics do not
know the position of the fork when the truck
is restarted. The truck will only travel at a
reduced driving speed. Depending on the
position of the fork, the message REFERENCE
CYCLE (variant) may appear in the display. To
align the position with the control electronics,
the fork must be raised.
The truck will only travel at a reduced driving
speed. The message REFERENCE CYCLE
may appear in the display.
7312_003-072_en_V3
Raise the fork
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 235

5 Operation
Malfunctions
The message REFERENCE CYCLE goes out,

or now appears in the display for the rst time
and then goes out.
To drive again, lower the fork to a maximum
of 300 mm above the ground
The truck can now be driven again with no
speed limitation.
SERVICE BRAKE message

If the message SERVICE BRAKE appears
in the display, the brake uid level must be
checked. Contact your service centre.
3 8
4 9
5 0
7312_003-176_en
236 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Operation in special operating situations

Transporting
CAUTION
Danger of material damage from overloading!
If the truck is driven onto a means of transport,
the load capacity of the means of transport, the
ramps and loading bridges must be greater than
the actual total weight of the truck. Components
may be permanently deformed or damaged due to
overloading.
Determine the actual total weight of the truck.
Only load the truck if the load capacity of the
means of transport, the ramps and loading
bridges is greater than the actual total weight
of the truck.

truck nameplate and, if necessary, the
attachment (variant) nameplate.
1
Add the determined unit weights to obtain
Nenn-Tragfhigkeit Leergewicht
the actual total weight of the truck: Battery voltage max kg

Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg 2
Tare weight (1) Rated drive power
Puissance motr.nom. kW
*
kg
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
+ Max. permissible battery weight (2) * see Operating instructions

voir Mode d'emploi
+ Net weight of attachment (variant)

6210_001-016_V2
+ 100 kg allowance for the driver

55048011501 EN - 12/2015 237

5 Operation
DANGER
Risk of accident from the truck crashing!
Steering movements can cause the tail end to veer
off the loading bridge towards the edge. This may
cause the truck to crash.
Before driving over a loading bridge, ensure that
it is installed and secured properly.
Ensure that the transport vehicle to be driven
onto has been sufciently secured against
moving.
Maintain a safety distance from edges, loading
bridges, ramps, working platforms etc.
Drive slowly and carefully onto the transport
vehicle.
Wedging
NOTE
Due to its design, the truck can only be
chocked securely if the fork carriage is raised
before chocking. To ensure secure parking
after chocking, the fork carriage can be
lowered as far as the chock.
Raise the fork carriage high enough so that
the chocks can be inserted in front of the
front wheels.
Secure the truck from rolling away by 1
1
placing a wheel chock in front of each front
wheel and behind the back wheel (1).
5060_003-170
CAUTION
If you remove the battery male connector while
the key switch is switched on (under load), an arc
will be produced. This can lead to corrosion at the
life.
Switch off the key switch before the battery male
connector is disconnected.
Do not disconnect the battery male connector
while the key switch is switched on, except in an
emergency.
Ensure that the key switch is switched off.

Disconnect the battery male connector.
238 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lashing
CAUTION
Abrasive lashing straps can rub against the surface
of the truck and cause damage.
Position the slip-resistant pads underneath the
lifting points (3) (e.g. rubber mats or foam).
Attach lashing straps (1) to both sides of the

truck and lash the truck to the rear.
5060_003-171
Sling lashing straps (2) around the rear of

the truck within the chassis contour and lash
the truck to the front.
DANGER
The truck may slip if the lashing straps slip!
The truck must be lashed securely so that it cannot
move during transportation.
Make sure that the lashing straps are tightened
securely and that the pads cannot slip off.
3
2 3
5060_003-068
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 239

5 Operation
Towing
DANGER
The brake system on the towing vehicle may fail.
There is a risk of accident!
If the towing vehicles brake system is not of the
correct size, the vehicle cannot be braked securely
or the brakes may fail. The towing vehicle must be
able to absorb the pulling and braking forces from
the unbraked towed load (total actual weight of the
truck).
Check the pulling and braking force of the towing
vehicle.
DANGER
620-aB6306
The truck could drive into the towing vehicle when
5060_003-070
the towing vehicle brakes. There is a risk of acci-

dent!
If a rigid connection has not been used during
towing for the power transmission in two directions,
the truck may drive into the towing vehicle when the
towing vehicle brakes. For safety reasons, only a
tested tow bar may be used.
Use a tested tow bar.
Set down load and lower fork arms close to

the ground.
CAUTION
If the truck drive between the drive motor and
the drive axle is not interrupted, the drive may be
damaged.
Place the drive direction switch in the neutral
position.
CAUTION
life.
while the key switch is switched on.
240 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
DANGER
People can be crushed between the truck and
towing vehicle during manoeuvring. There is a risk
to life!
The towing vehicle may only be manoeuvred and
the tow bar may only be attached using a second
person as a guide. This ensures that the driver of
the towing vehicle and the mechanic attaching the
tow bar are aware of possible risks.
Only manoeuvre with a guide.
CAUTION
Steering is stiff! There is no power steering if the
hydraulics fail!
The selected towing speed must allow braking
and control of the truck and towing vehicle at all
times.
CAUTION
If the truck is not steered while it is being towed, it
may veer out in an uncontrolled manner!
The truck being towed must also be steered by a
driver.
The driver of the truck being towed must sit in
the drivers seat and fasten the seat belt before
towing.
Where possible, activate the restraint systems
provided.
Set down the load and lower fork arms close

to the ground.
Place the drive direction switch in the
neutral position.
Open the battery hood.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 241

5 Operation
Unscrew the eye bolt (1) from the stowed

position.
Take the lid (2) out of the wheel cutaway on
the rear weight.
Place the lid in the stowed position of the
eye bolt.
Close the battery hood again.
1
5060_003-069
Screw in the eye bolt (1) to the stop on the

rear weight.
1
Check the pulling and braking force of the
towing vehicle.
With the help of a guide, attach the towing
vehicle to the truck.
Secure the tow bar to the towing vehicle and
to the eye bolt (1) of the truck.
Sit in the drivers seat in the truck to be
towed, and fasten the seat belt.
Where possible, activate the restraint
systems provided.
5060_003-053
Select a towing speed that allows the truck

and towing vehicle to be effectively braked
and controlled at all times.
Tow the truck.
After towing, secure the truck from rolling
away (e.g. by applying the parking brake or
using chocks).
Remove the tow bar.
Unscrew the eye bolt from the rear weight.
Take the lid out of the stowed position of the
eye bolt and insert into the wheel cutaway
on the rear weight.
242 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Screw the eye bolt into the stowed position.
CAUTION
The cables can be damaged by being crushed
there is risk of short circuit!
Cables must not be crushed when screwing in the
eye bolt.
Ensure that the wiring can move freely.
Crane loading
Crane loading is only intended for transporting
the complete truck, including the lift mast,
for its initial commissioning. For application
conditions that require frequent loading or that
are not presented here, please contact the
manufacturer with regard to special variants.
Only those persons with sufcient experience
of suitable harnesses and hoists may load
trucks.

Park the truck securely; see Chap-
1
truck nameplate and, if necessary, the Rated capacity
Capacit nominale
Unladen mass
kg Masse vide kg
attachment (variant) nameplate. Nenn-Tragfhigkeit Leergewicht
Add the determined unit weights to obtain

Tension batterie
Batteriespannung
V
min.* kg 2
the actual total weight of the truck: Rated drive power *
Nenn-Antriebsleist.
Tare weight (1) voir Mode d'emploi
+ Max. permissible battery weight (2)

6210_001-016_V2
+ Attachment net weight (variant)

.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 243

5 Operation
Hooking on the lifting straps 6321_003-069
CAUTION
Harnesses may damage the trucks paintwork!
Harnesses can damage paintwork by chang
and pressing on the surface of the truck. Hard or
sharp-edged harnesses, such as wires or chains, 4
can quickly damage the surface.
Use textile harnesses, e.g. lifting straps, with
edge protectors or similar protective devices if
necessary.
DANGER
There is risk of being hit if the hoists and harnesses
fail and cause the truck to fall, with potentially fatal
consequences!
Only use hoists and harness with sufcient load
capacity for the actual total weight of the truck.
Only use the trucks designated lifting points.
Make sure that harnesses such as hooks,
shackles, belts etc. are only used in the indicated
load direction.
The harnesses must not be damaged by truck
parts.
Loop the lifting straps around the main

traverse (4) on the outer mast of the lift
mast.
NOTE
The lifting points of the truck are marked
with the hook symbol, see Chapter "Over-
view", P. 4-64.
244 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Loop the lifting straps through the recess (8)

in the counterweight, see illustration. 5
DANGER
Never crane-load the truck using the tow coupling.
The tow coupling is not designed for this and could
be deformed or damaged. The truck could fall off,
with potentially fatal consequences!
Hooking the crane belt to an available tow coupling
(11) is only permitted on an additional lifting eye (5)
approved for this purpose.
If an additional lifting eye is not present at the tow
coupling, one can be retrotted by the service
team or the tow coupling can be removed for crane
loading.
Hook crane belt onto the additional lifting eye.
If necessary seek advice from STILL service.
11 8
5060_003-133_V2
Determine the trucks centre of gravity.
NOTE
The centre of gravity is indicated by the symbol
"S" in the operating instructions; see the sec-
tion entitled "Dimensions" Chapter "Techni-
cal data", P. 337.
Set the length of the harnesses so that the
lifting eye (9) is vertically above the trucks 10 9
centre of gravity.
This ensures that the truck hangs level when
lifting it.
Connect the lifting straps to the lifting eye
and insert the safety device (10).
CAUTION
Incorrectly tted harnesses may damage attach-
ment parts!
Pressure from the harnesses can damage or
destroy attachment parts when the truck is lifted.
If attachment parts are in the way (e.g. lighting, rear
window, trademark emblem etc.), these must be
removed before loading. Ask your service centre 6210_003-046
about this.
Secure harnesses so that they are not touching
any attachment parts.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 245

5 Operation
Loading the truck

DANGER
If the raised truck swings in an
uncontrolled fashion, it may crush
people. There is a risk to life!
suspended loads.
Do not allow the truck to bump into
anything whilst it is being lifted, or
allow it to move in an uncontrolled
way.
If necessary, hold the truck using
guide ropes.
Carefully lift the truck and take care when

setting it down at the intended location.
246 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Behaviour in emergencies
Emergency shutdown
F2
WARNING
F1
1
No electric brake assistance when the emergency
off switch is actuated!
Actuating the emergency off switch will disconnect 1
CAUTION
Actuating the emergency off switch (1) or discon-
necting the battery male connector (2) shuts down
the electrical functions of the truck. 1
This safety system must only be used in an emer-
gency or to safely park the truck.
1 6321_003-144
CAUTION
If you disconnect the battery male connector while
will be produced. This can lead to erosion at the
life.
Switch off the key switch before the battery male 2
emergency.
In an emergency, all functions of the truck can

be shut down:
Press the emergency off switch (1) or
disconnect the battery male connector (2). 5060_003-054
In drive mode, this has the following effect:

No reduction in truck speed when the
accelerator pedal is released, according
to the drive program selected. The truck will
roll to a stop
The electric brake does not function during
the rst part of brake pedal depression.
To brake the truck using the mechanical
brake, the brake pedal must be pushed
down further
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 247

5 Operation
No power steering effect; the steering

forces are increased by the remaining
emergency steering function
The "Curve Speed Control" system (auto-
matic reduction in truck speed when corner-
ing) does not function. The truck must be
decelerated with the mechanical brake by
pressing the brake pedal
No hydraulic functions are available
Procedure if truck tips over
DANGER
If the truck tips over, the driver could fall out and
slide under the truck with potentially fatal conse-
quences. There is a risk to life.
Failure to comply with the limits specied in these
operating instructions, e.g. driving on unacceptably
steep gradients or failing to adjust speed when
cornering, can cause the truck to tip over. If the
truck starts to tip over, do not leave the truck under
any circumstances. This increases the danger of
being hit by the truck.
Do not release your seat belt.
Never jump off the truck.
You must adhere to the rules of behaviour if the
truck tips over. 7090_001-005
Rules of behaviour if truck tips over:

Hold onto the steering wheel with your
hands.
Brace your feet in the footwell.
Bend your upper body over the steering
wheel.
Bend your body against the direction of the
fall.
Emergency lowering
If the hydraulic control system fails whilst a
load is raised, emergency lowering can be
performed. An emergency lowering screw for
this purpose is located on the valve block.
248 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
DANGER
falling loads or parts of the truck being
lowered.
Do not walk beneath the raised
load.
Adhere to the following steps.
NOTE
The hexagon socket wrench that is used
to remove the valve cover is also used for
emergency lowering.
Remove the valve cover.
Continue using the hexagon socket wrench.
NOTE
In this procedure, a distinction is made be-
tween the types of operating devices.
For the Joystick 4Plus version and the mini-
A 6210_003-100_V2
lever version (A):

2
Using the hexagon socket wrench (2), turn
the emergency lowering screw (5) on the
valve block a maximum of 1.5 revolutions to
loosen it.
For the multiple-lever version (B):
3
Using the hexagon socket wrench, turn the
emergency lowering screw (3) on the valve
block (3) a maximum of 1.5 revolutions to
loosen it.(4)
WARNING 5
The load is lowered!
The lowering speed is regulated by unscrewing the 4 B
emergency lowering screw.
A Joystick 4Plus version and the mini-lever
Note the following list. version:
B Multiple-lever version
For both versions:
Tightening torque:
max. 2.5 Nm
When unscrewed a little:
The load lowers slowly
When unscrewed a lot:
The load lowers quickly
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 249

5 Operation
After lowering:
Screw in the emergency lowering screw
again.
Install the valve cover.
Securely store the hexagon socket wrench
between the battery hood and the valve
cover.
DANGER
If the truck is operated with the hydraulic controller
blocked, there is an increased risk of accidents!
After the emergency lowering procedure, have
the malfunction rectied.
250 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Handling the battery

Safety regulations when handling
the battery
National statutory provisions must be
followed when setting up and operating
battery charging stations.
CAUTION
Incorrect connection or operation
of the charging station or battery
charger may result in damage to
components.
Follow the operating instructions
for the charging station or battery
charger and for the battery.
Maintenance personnel
Batteries may be charged, maintained or
changed only by properly trained personnel
in accordance with the instructions of the
manufacturer of the battery, battery charger or
truck.
The handling instructions for the battery and
the operating instructions for the battery
charger must be followed.
The following safety regulations must be
observed when maintaining, charging and
changing the battery.
DANGER WARNING
Risk of crushing/shearing!
The battery is very heavy. There is a
risk of serious injury if any parts of the
body are caught under the battery.
If parts of the body are wedged
between the battery door and the
edge of the chassis when the battery
door is closed, this could lead to
injuries.
Always wear safety footwear when
replacing the battery.
Only close the battery door if there
is no part of the body between the
battery door and the edge of the
chassis.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 251

5 Operation
The battery must only be replaced in accor-

dance with the directions in these operating
instructions.
When charging and maintaining the battery,
observe the manufacturers maintenance
instructions for the battery and battery
charger.
Fire protection measures

DANGER
Risk of explosion due to ammable
gases!
During charging, the battery releases
a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen
(detonating gas). This gas mixture is
explosive and must not be ignited.
There must be no ammable mate-
rials or spark-forming operating ma-
terials within 2 m of either the truck
when it is parked for charging or the
battery charger.
When working with batteries, take
the following security precautions.
Keep away from open ames and do not

smoke.
Always ensure adequate ventilation in the
vicinity.
Disconnect the battery male connector
before charging and only when the truck
and battery charger are switched off.
The battery door must be open when
charging.
Expose the surfaces of the battery cells.
Do not place any metal objects on the
battery.
Open any protective structures fully (e.g.
fabric-covered cab).
Have re extinguishing equipment ready.
252 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Lifting accessory
DANGER
Risk of accident!
The battery could fall from the lifting accessory
or the lifting accessory could tip over or become
damaged. If this happens, there is a risk to life.
The battery must only be removed when the truck
is on level, smooth ground with sufcient load
capacity. The load capacity of the lifting accessory
used (see operating instructions or nameplate)
must at least match the battery weight (see battery
identication plate).
Ensure the load capacity of the lifting accessory.
Remove the battery on suitable ground.
Battery removal from trucks with an internal

roller channel can be carried out with the
following lifting accessories:
Lift truck including external roller channel
(variant)
The battery can be removed from trucks with
a bridge (variant) using the following lifting
accessories:
Crane
NOTE
The removal of batteries from trucks without
their own devices must be carried out by the
authorised service centre.
Battery weight and dimensions

DANGER
Risk of tipping due to change in battery weight!
The battery weight and dimensions affect the sta-
bility of the truck. When replacing the battery, the
weight ratios must not be changed. The battery
weight must remain within the weight range speci-
ed on the nameplate.
Do not remove or change the position of ballast
weights.
Note the battery weight.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 253

5 Operation
Damage to cables and battery male

connectors
CAUTION
cables are damaged.
Do not crush the battery cable when
closing the battery door.
Check the battery cables for
damage.
When removing and reinstalling
the battery, ensure that the battery
cables are not damaged.
battery door.
6210_600-001
CAUTION
Possible damage to the male battery connector!
If the battery male connector is disconnected or
connected while the key switch or battery charger
is under load, an arc will be produced at the battery
male connector. This can lead to corrosion at the
contacts, and can considerably shorten the service
life of the contacts.
Switch off the key switch or battery charger be-
fore the battery male connector is disconnected
or connected.
Only disconnect the battery male connector
while under load in an emergency.
Opening and closing the battery

hood
CAUTION
Risk of damage through component collision!
Drivers seats with operating devices in the armrest
and opened ERS or HRS driver restraint systems
(variant) can collide with and damage surrounding
components (for example, interior mirror) when the
battery hood is opened.
Position the drivers seat as far back as it can go.
Carry out preparations for ERS or HRS driver
restraint system (variant).
Only then open the battery hood.
254 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
NOTE
If the truck is tted with the ERS or HRS
driver restraint system (variant), the following
measures must be observed for opening and
closing the battery hood.
Preparations for ERS driver restraint

system (variant)
CAUTION
life.
emergency.
Disconnect the battery male connector;

see the chapter entitled "Disconnecting the
battery male connector".
Pull release button (4).
Swivel restraining brackets (5) downwards.
frs_003-021
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 255

5 Operation
Preparations for HRS driver restraint

system (variant)
Swivel restraining brackets (6) downwards.
6
Opening the battery hood
WARNING
Risk of injury from crushing due to falling battery
hood!
The battery hood is equipped with a gas spring
which holds the battery hood in the open position
unless there is any other load on it, e.g. heavy
objects, strong winds or other persons. During
opening, there must be no objects on the battery
hood that are not part of the truck equipment.
Remove loose objects from the battery hood
before opening.
Make sure that the battery hood is not being
pushed down by strong winds or other persons. frs_003-023
Position the drivers seat as far back as it

can go.
Push the locking lever (1) to the left.
Lift the battery hood (3) using the handle (2)
and bring it forwards.
NOTE
1
The battery hood can be raised to a max.angle 2
of approx. 30.
3
Closing the battery hood
DANGER WARNING
Limbs can become trapped when
closing the battery hood risk of
crushing!
When closing the battery hood, 5060_003-115
nothing should come between the

battery hood and the edge of the
chassis.
Carefully close the battery hood.
Only close the battery hood if there
are no parts of the body in the way.
256 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
WARNING
When closing the battery hood, there
is a risk of the battery cable becoming
trapped. If the cable is crushed or
sheared off, there is a risk of short
circuit!
When closing the battery hood,
battery hood and the edge of the
chassis.
Carefully close the battery hood.
Only close the battery hood if the
battery cable is not trapped.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to the battery hood opening!
In the event of a sharp deceleration, an unlocked
battery hood may swing open towards the seat and
driver, injuring the driver.
Ensure that the battery hood is shut securely.
Drive the truck only when the battery hood is
locked.
DANGER
Risk to life from the battery sliding out!
If the battery hood is not locked and the truck tips
over, the battery can slide out of position and can
fall on the driver.
Ensure that the battery hood is shut securely.
Drive the truck only when the battery hood is
locked.
NOTE
The aperture running around the hood is used
for forced ventilation and must not be closed.
NOTE
If the internal roller channel or battery bridge
(variant) is not locked correctly, the battery
hood cannot be closed.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 257

5 Operation
Push down and close the battery hood (3)

using the handle (2).
Ensure that the locking lever (1) has en-
gaged.
1
Final measures for ERS driver restraint
system (variant) 2
CAUTION 3
Do not open a closed restraint system by force.
NOTE
If the parking brake is on and the key switch is 5060_003-115
turned off, the restraining brackets swivel into

the opened position once the power supply is
restored.
CAUTION
If you connect the battery male connector with the
life.
Switch off the ignition switch before the battery
male connector is disconnected.
Connect the battery male connector.

The restraining brackets (5) automatically
swivel upwards.
Final measures for HRS driver restraint

system (variant)
5
Press left restraining bracket (6) inwards.
frs_003-022
258 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Swivel the restraining brackets upwards.
frs_003-024
Opening/closing the battery door

Opening the battery door
NOTE
The battery door is equipped with a spring
mechanism and an end position latch so that it
does not close automatically.
Push the battery door release button (1)
in the direction of the arrow, and open the
battery door forwards.
1
5060_003-064_V3
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 259

5 Operation
Closing the battery door

DANGER WARNING
When closing the battery door,
limbs could become trapped - risk
of crushing!
chassis.
Carefully close the battery door.
Only close the battery door if there
are no parts of the body in the way.
WARNING
When closing the battery door, there
6210_600-001
is a risk of trapping the battery cable.

If the cable is crushed or sheared off,
there is a risk of short circuit!
chassis.
Carefully close the battery door.
Only close the battery door if the
battery cable is not in the way.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to the battery door opening!
An unlocked battery door may open if the truck
decelerates sharply. If the battery door opens while
driving, there is risk of damage from a collision.
Ensure that the battery door is shut securely.
Drive the truck only when the battery door is
locked.
DANGER
Risk to life from the battery sliding out!
If the battery door is not locked and the truck tips
over, this may lead to the battery falling on the
driver!
Ensure that the battery door is shut securely.
Drive the truck only when the battery door is
locked.
260 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
NOTE
The apertures in the door are necessary for
forced ventilation and must not be blocked.
NOTE
If the internal roller channel or battery bridge
(variant) is not locked correctly, it is not
possible to close the battery door.
Close the battery door securely by pushing
it into the engaged position.
Ensure that the battery door is shut se-
curely.
Disconnecting the battery male

connector
CAUTION
life.
while the key switch is switched on.
Only disconnect the battery male connector
while the key switch is switched on in an emer-
gency.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 261

5 Operation
Disconnect the battery male connector (1)

by pulling in the direction of the arrow at the
plug connection.
Place the battery male connector on the
battery.
CAUTION
1
cables are damaged.
Position the battery cable on the
battery in such a way that it cannot
be crushed - either when removing or
inserting the battery, or when closing
the battery door.
Check the connecting cable for
damage.
5060_003-051

battery door.
Battery replacement using a bridge

Removing the battery
DANGER WARNING
If the truck is not parked on horizontal
ground, there is nothing to prevent
the battery rolling away once the lock
has been opened, leading to a risk of
crushing and shearing!
The truck must be parked on
horizontal ground.
People must not stand directly in
the batterys direction of travel or in
the battery compartment.
Do not place objects or any parts
of the body between the battery
and the truck chassis.
Use only the handles that are
provided and identied.
262 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
CAUTION
If the battery cable is trapped it
may be damaged, there is a risk of
crushing!
be crushed - either when removing
or inserting the battery, or when
CAUTION
The battery door may be damaged if it is struck by
the battery!
Ensure that the battery door is fully open and
secured during battery removal.

CAUTION
Do not disconnect the battery male connector while
the key switch is switched on!

from the plug connection by pulling in the
direction of the arrow.
5060_003-051
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 263

5 Operation
The bridge (1) is now freely accessible and

should be folded down for removing the
battery.
Observe decal information (11) for the indi-
vidual procedures for battery replacement
shown on the inside of the battery door.
Raise the bridge support (3) at the red web

belt (2) until the lock (4) audibly engages. 6 2
Ensure that the battery stop (5) is clear of
the edge of the battery tray (6).
4 5060_003-124_V3
264 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Fold down the bridge (1) at the red web belt.
WARNING
If the bridge folds down whilst the battery is being
taken out, the battery can roll forward in an uncon-
trolled manner, creating a risk of crushing!
Ensure that the bridge support stands vertically
under the bridge.
Grip the side battery stop (7) at the front and

fold it up.
WARNING
The battery can now move freely and may roll away
unimpeded, creating a risk of crushing!
People must not stand directly in the batterys
direction of travel or in the battery compartment.
Do not place objects or any parts of the body
between the battery and the truck chassis.
Do not attempt to keep hold of the battery if it rolls
away.
Carefully pull the battery tray (6) with the

battery (9) completely out of the battery
compartment to the battery stop (5) on the
bridge.
NOTE
The battery stop is mounted on a pull-out piece 9
and travels with the battery to the end stop of
the pull-out piece.
Transfer the battery using the crane; see
chapter "Battery transport with crane".
Installing the battery

6 5
CAUTION 5060_003-126_V2
If when the battery is being installed the battery

hood or the battery door are not fully open, or the
battery stops are not folded in or pulled out, or if
there are objects in the trucks battery compart-
ment, considerable damage will be done to these
components during installation of the battery.

Fold down the side battery stop.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 265

5 Operation
Pull out the battery stop with the pull-out

piece fully.
Remove all objects from the battery com-
partment.
CAUTION
The battery must be positioned carefully so that it
is at on the horizontal bridge. Setting the battery
down on the battery stops can deform the stops or
the bridge; the battery then cannot be inserted.
Ensure that the bridge support stands

vertically under the bridge.
Ensure that the battery has not been set
down on the battery stops.
Ensure that the battery is resting right up
against the battery stops.
Using the crane, carefully set down the
battery (9) on to the bridge and push it up
against the stops (5) and (7). 9
Release the battery from the lifting gear and
take away the crane.
Push the battery fully into the battery
compartment of the truck.
5
5060_003-147_V3
266 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Fold down the side battery stop (7).

Fully insert the battery stop (5) on the cable
guide (10).
Completely fold up the bridge (1) at the red
web belt (2).
CAUTION
The battery cable may be damaged by becoming
trapped there is risk of short circuit due to crus-
hing!
If the battery cable is positioned between the
battery tray and the battery bridge to be folded
up, the battery cable will become trapped. This can
lead to the battery cable or battery male connector
becoming damaged and a short circuit.
Only fold up the battery bridge when the entire
battery cable is positioned on top of the battery.
NOTE
To fold down the bridge support, the lock
must be released. The lock is released with
a two-handed operation. This protects the
operator against injuries due to an incorrect
sequence of operations.
WARNING
The bridge support can be folded down. During
folding down there is risk of crushing if the correct
sequence of operations is not followed.
Do not reach into the assembly or locking
mechanisms.
Hold the bridge support at the red web belt until it
is fully folded down.
Follow the sequence of operations.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 267

5 Operation
To fold down the bridge support, raise the

red web belt (2) and keep it raised so as to
free the lock (4).
Push the release button (11) and hold it.
6
Slowly fold the bridge support right down.
Release the web belt and the release
button.
DANGER
If the battery is not locked correctly, the battery 5 2
can slide out of the truck, with potentially fatal
consequences!
Ensure that the battery stop (5) is fully pushed in
and engaged behind the battery tray (6).
11 4 5060_003-128_V3
Always lay the battery cable (12) to the left

of the cable guide (10), as shown in the
12 10
diagram.
CAUTION
The battery cable may be damaged by becoming
trapped there is risk of short circuit due to crus-
hing!
If the battery cable (12) is laid to the right of the cable
guide (10), the battery cable will become trapped
between the battery bridge and the battery door.
This can lead to the battery cable or battery male
connector becoming damaged and a short circuit.
Ensure that the battery cable is correctly positio-
ned.

5060_003-155_V2

Close the battery hood.
268 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Battery transport with crane

2
DANGER
If the load is dropped, the conse-
quences could potentially be fatal!
suspended loads.
1
Ensure there is sufcient distance between
the truck and any obstacles so that the truck
is not damaged when the crane is used.
To avoid short circuits, batteries with open
terminals or connectors should be covered
with a rubber mat.
6210_003-012
Attach battery (1) to suitable lifting gear (2).

Observe the operating instructions for the
lifting gear.
The lifting gear should be vertical when lifting,
so that no lateral pressure is applied to the
tray.
Lift the battery from the roller channel.
Ensure that there is sufcient distance from
the battery door.
Set the battery down carefully.
Do not place or allow slack lifting gear to fall
on the battery cells.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 269

5 Operation
Changing the battery using the

internal roller channel
Activities before removal of the battery
DANGER WARNING
If the truck is not parked on horizontal
ground, there is nothing to prevent
the battery rolling away once the lock
has been opened, leading to a risk of
crushing and shearing!
The truck must be parked on
horizontal ground.
People must not stand directly in
the batterys direction of travel or in
the battery compartment.
Do not place objects or any parts
of the body between the battery
and the truck chassis.
Use only the handles that are
provided and identied.

CAUTION
Do not disconnect the battery male connector while
the key switch is switched on!

from the plug connection by pulling in the
direction of the arrow.
5060_003-051
270 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
The battery lock (1) is now freely accessible

and must be swung down and pushed under
the battery tray prior to removing the battery.
CAUTION 1
If the battery cable is trapped it
may be damaged, there is a risk of
crushing!
be crushed - either when removing
or inserting the battery, or when
CAUTION
The battery door may be damaged if it is struck by 5060_003-134
the battery!
Ensure that the battery door is fully open and
secured during battery removal.
CAUTION
If the battery rolls out of the battery compartment
when no external device is present, this can lead to
material damage.
Before removing the battery, always position
an external device (such as an external roller
channel; see chapter "Replacing the battery
using an external roller channel").
Lift the lock (1) at the handle (2).

Ensure that the lock catch (3) is clear of the
edge of the battery tray (4).
4
3
2
1
5060_003-135
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 271

5 Operation
Grip the lock (1) at the handle (2) and fold it

down fully.
Push the lock fully under the battery tray (4).
WARNING
The battery can now move freely and may roll away
unimpeded, creating a risk of crushing!
People must not stand directly in the batterys 1
direction of travel or in the battery compartment.
Do not place objects or any parts of the body
between the battery and the truck chassis. 2
Do not attempt to keep hold of the battery if it rolls
away.
The battery is now freely accessible and can 4

be pulled out of the battery compartment using 5060_003-136
an external device (such as an external roller

channel; see chapter "Replacing the battery
using an external roller channel").
Activities after installation of the battery

Grip the lock (1) at the handle (2), pull it out
from under the battery tray and swing it up.
4
5060_003-149
272 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Grip the lock (1) at the handle (2) and lower

it vertically, ensuring that the lock catch (3)
engages behind the edge of the battery tray
(4). 4
DANGER 3
If the battery is not locked correctly, the battery
can slide out of the truck, with potentially fatal
consequences! 2
Ensure that the lock is fully lowered and that
the lock catch engages behind the edge of the
battery tray.
1
Close the battery hood. 5060_003-148
Battery replacement using an

external roller channel
Preparing the external roller channel for
battery replacement
NOTE
Trucks with an integral roller channel allow
the battery to be changed using a hand pallet
truck which is equipped with an external roller
channel.
DANGER
Risk of crushing due to the hand pallet truck tipping
over or rolling away!
The load capacity of the hand pallet truck must
correspond to at least the battery weight (see
battery identication plate).
The hand pallet truck must be equipped with a
parking brake.
Observe the operating instructions for the hand
pallet truck.
NOTE
The external roller channel is designed for
transporting a variety of widths of batteries.
Before using the external roller channel,
the battery type to be transported should be
determined and the roller channel prepared
accordingly.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 273

5 Operation
Determine the battery type on the battery

identication plate.
B
Position the deector plates (A) and (B)
appropriately for the battery type, and bolt
them into place.
Position the guide bolts (C) appropriately for
the battery type, and bolt them into place.
A
NOTE
The positions shown for the deector plates C
and the guide bolts can be found in the
following table.
Battery
(C) (A) (B)
type
2 3 4 5
4 Pzs 1 1 1 1
4 3 21
5 Pzs 1 1 2
6 Pzs 2 2 3
7 Pzs 3 3 4
8 Pzs 4 4 5 4 3 21
5060_003-140
Perform these activities before removing

the battery; see the chapter entitled "Chang-
ing the battery using the internal roller chan-
nel".
Fully open the safety lever (7) by moving it
in the direction of the arrow.
Position the hand pallet truck (5) so that the
external roller channel (6) is in front of the
battery compartment of the truck.
7
6 5 5060_003-151
274 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Position the guide bolt (1) directly under-

neath the slotted hole (2). 4
NOTE 1
The forks of the hand pallet truck should be
lowered sufciently far that the guide bolt (1)
can be slid under the bottom plate (4) of the
forklift truck.
Lift the forks of the hand pallet truck and
guide the guide bolt into the slotted hole until
the stop plate (3) is against the underside of
the trucks bottom plate (4). 2
3
Apply the parking brake on the hand pallet
truck to secure it against rolling away.
5060_003-142
Carefully pull the battery (8) out of the

battery compartment until it reaches the
battery stop (9) on the external roller 8
channel.
Fully apply the safety lever (7) by moving
it in the direction of the arrow in front of the
battery.
Lower the forks of the hand pallet truck until
the guide bolt of the stop plate is completely
clear of the slotted hole in the bottom plate.
Release the parking brake on the hand
pallet truck.
The battery is now ready to be transported. 7
9 5060_003-143
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 275

5 Operation
Transporting and setting down the

battery
DANGER WARNING
If the safety lever (7) is not applied in
front of the battery (8), the battery can
roll off the external roller channel (6),
creating a risk of crushing!
Ensure that the safety lever (7) is
fully applied in front of the battery 6
(8).
7
WARNING
Excessive speed, sharp turns and heavy braking
can cause the hand pallet truck and battery to tip 8
over, creating a risk of injury! 5060_003-153
Take special care when transporting the battery.

Keep the transport speed low, steer carefully
and brake gently.
Do not use the methods described above to
transport the battery over long distances.
Transport the battery to the intended

storage space.
CAUTION
If the battery support is not sufciently strong, it
can be damaged or destroyed by the weight of the
battery.
The battery must be stored on a suitable beam
support or on suitable racking.
The battery must not be stored on a wooden
beam or the like.
Set down the battery.
Installing the battery

CAUTION
If when the battery is being installed the battery
hood or the battery door are not fully open, or the
interlock is folded up or pulled out, or if there are
objects in the trucks battery compartment, consi-
derable damage will be done to these components
during installation of the battery.
Remove all objects from the battery compart-
ment.
276 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Position the hand pallet truck so that the

external roller channel is in front of the 4
battery compartment of the truck.
1
NOTE
The forks of the hand pallet truck should be
lowered sufciently far that the guide bolt (1)
can be slid under the bottom plate (4) of the
forklift truck.
Position the guide bolt (1) directly under-
neath the slotted hole (2).
2
Lift the forks of the hand pallet truck and 3
guide the guide bolt into the slotted hole until
the stop plate (3) is against the underside of
the trucks bottom plate (4). 5060_003-142
Apply the parking brake on the hand pallet

truck to secure it against rolling away.
Fully open the safety lever (7) by moving it
in the direction of the arrow.
Carefully slide the battery (8) from the
external roller channel (6) fully into the
battery compartment. 8
Lower the forks of the hand pallet truck
(5) until the guide bolt of the stop plate is
completely clear of the slotted hole in the
bottom plate.
Release the parking brake of the hand pallet
truck and remove the hand pallet truck.
Perform these activities after installing the
battery; see the chapter entitled "Changing 7
the battery using the internal roller channel".
6 5 5060_003-152
Battery installation or battery

replacement without onboard
devices
CAUTION
Possible risk of injury or risk of damage to compo-
nents.
The installation or replacement of the battery
without truck-internal devices requires special tools
and specially trained staff.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 277

5 Operation
If the truck does not have a battery bridge or an

internal roller channel as optional devices for
the battery installation or battery replacement,
these activities must be carried out by the
STILL service centre.
CAUTION
Possible risk of injury or risk of damage to compo-
nents.
To install or remove the battery, do not disassemble
the available battery lock.
Maintaining the battery
DANGER
Risk to life!
Observe the chapter "Safety regulations for
handling the battery".
WARNING
Battery acid is toxic and corrosive!
Observe the safety regulations in the "Battery
acid" chapter.
NOTE
Battery maintenance is carried out in accor-
dance with the battery manufacturers opera-
ting instructions! The operating instructions
for the battery charger must also be followed.
Only the instructions that came with the battery
charger are valid. If any of these instructions
are not available, please request them from
the dealer.
Depending on the equipment, the battery can
also be removed for maintenance. This must
only be carried out using the specied devices;
see section "Lifting accessory" in the chapter
"Safety regulations for handling the battery".
278 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Checking the battery charge status

1
CAUTION
Deep discharges shorten the service life of the
battery.
If a battery charge of 0% is shown on the display,
this corresponds to a deep discharge of below 20% 75 %
of the nominal capacity.
Avoid deep discharges (0% shown on the
display).
Charge the batteries at once.
Do not leave batteries in a discharged or partly
discharged state.

Switch on the key switch. 5060_003-062_V2
Read the charge state (1) from the display.

Charge a discharged or partly discharged
battery.
Charging the battery

CAUTION
Incorrect connection or operation
of the charging station or battery
charger may result in damage to
components!
Follow the operating instructions
for the charging station or battery
charger and for the battery.
CAUTION
Possible damage to the male battery connector!
If the battery male connector is disconnected or
connected while the ignition switch is switched
on or the battery charger is under load, an arc
will be generated at the battery male connector.
This can lead to corrosion at the contacts, and can
considerably shorten the service life of the contacts.
Switch off the key switch or battery charger be-
fore the battery male connector is disconnected
or connected.
while under load, except in an emergency.

55048011501 EN - 12/2015 279

5 Operation
Always ensure adequate ventilation in the

vicinity.
Open any protective structures fully (e.g.
fabric-covered cab).
Open the battery door completely.
Disconnect the battery male connector (1).
Do not place any metallic objects or tools on
the battery.
Keep away from open ames and do not
smoke.
Inspect the battery cables and charging
cables for damage; change if necessary. 1
Attach the battery male connector to the

battery charger plug.
NOTE
Follow the information in the operating instruc-
tions for your battery and the battery charger
(equalising charge). 5060_003-051
CAUTION
If you disconnect the charging cable while the bat-
tery charger is switched on, an arc will be produced.
This can lead to corrosion at the contacts, which
considerably shortens their service life.
Switch off the battery charger before the char-
ging cable is disconnected.
Start the battery charger.

Once the charging process is complete:
Turn off the battery charger.
Disconnect the battery male connector from
the battery charger plug.
Insert the battery male connector fully into
the plug connection on the truck.
Ensure that the battery cable does not come
into contact with the battery door.
280 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Close the battery door. When doing so,

ensure that no cable is crushed between
the chassis and the battery door.
6210_600-001
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 281

5 Operation
Decommissioning
Decommissioning
Parking the truck securely and
switching it off
DANGER
being run over if the truck rolls away.
The truck must not be parked on a
slope.
In emergencies, secure with wed-
ges on the side facing downhill.
Do not leave the truck until the
parking brake has been applied.
DANGER
There is a risk of fatal injury from a falling load or
parts of the truck being lowered!
Lower the load fully before leaving the truck.
CAUTION
Batteries may freeze!
If the truck is parked in an ambient temperature of
below -10C for an extended period, the batteries
will cool down. The electrolyte may freeze and
damage the batteries. The truck will then not be
ready for operation.
At ambient temperatures of below -10C, only
park the truck for short periods of time.
282 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Decommissioning
Lower the fork carriage to the ground.

Tilt the lift mast forwards until the tips of the
fork arms rest on the ground.
If attachments (variant) are tted, retract
the working cylinders; see the chapter
entitled "General instructions for controlling
attachments".
Turn the switch key to the left and remove it.
5060_003-130
Press the emergency off switch (1).
NOTE F1 F2
Switch keys, FleetManager cards (variant), 1

FleetManager transponder chips (variant) and
the PIN code for access authorisation (variant)
1
must not be handed over to other persons
unless explicit instructions to this effect have
been given.
1 6321_003-144
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 283

5 Operation
Decommissioning
Wheel chock (variant)

2
The wheel chock (variant) is used to prevent
the truck from rolling away on a slope.
NOTE
Due to the design, the securely parked truck 1
can only be chocked at the rear wheel. The
truck must be parked facing uphill on slopes
where a wheel chock is to be used.
Lift the handle (2) on the support mounting.
Remove the wheel chock (1) from the
support mounting.
Slide the wheel chock underneath the back 1
wheel on the side facing downhill.
5060_003-169
NOTE
After use, return the wheel chock to the
support mounting and press the handle (2)
down again.
Shutting down and storing the truck
CAUTION
Component damage due to incorrect storage!
In the event of incorrect storage or shutdown for
more than two months, the truck may suffer corro-
sion damage. If the truck is parked in an ambient
temperature of below 10 C for an extended pe-
riod, the batteries cool down. The electrolyte may
freeze and damage the batteries.
Store the truck in a dry, clean, frost-free and well
ventilated environment.
Carry out the following measures before shut-
down.
Measures before shutdown

Clean the truck thoroughly; see chapter
"Cleaning".
Lift fork carriage to stop several times.
Tilt the lift mast forwards and backwards
several times and, if tted, move attachment
repeatedly.
284 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Decommissioning
To relieve the strain on the load chains,

lower the fork onto a suitable supporting
surface, e.g. a pallet.
Check the hydraulic oil level and top up if
required.
Apply oil or grease thinly to all untreated
moving parts.
Grease the truck.
Lubricate the joints and controls.
Lubricate the battery hood interlock.
Apply a suitable contact spray to all exposed
electrical contacts.
CAUTION
life.
emergency.

Check the battery condition, acid level and
acid density.
Service the battery.
NOTE
Store only fully charged batteries.
CAUTION
Tyre deformation as a result of continuous loading
on one side!
Have the truck raised and jacked up by the authori-
sed service centre so that all the wheels are clear of
the ground. This prevents permanent deformation
of the tyres.
Only have the truck raised and jacked up by the
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 285

5 Operation
Decommissioning
CAUTION
Risk of damage from corrosion due to condensation
on the truck!
Many plastic lms and synthetic materials are
watertight. Condensation water on the truck cannot
escape through these covers.
Do not use plastic lm as this facilitates the
formation of condensation water.
Cover the truck with vapour permeable

materials, such as cotton, in order to protect
against dust.
If the truck is to be shut down for even
longer periods, contact your authorised
service centre to nd out about additional
measures.
Recommissioning after storage

If the truck has been in storage for longer than
six months, it must be carefully checked before
being recommissioned. As in the annual
inspection, this check should also include
all safety items for the truck.
Clean the truck thoroughly; see chapter
"Cleaning".
Lubricate the joints and controls.
Check the battery condition, acid level and
acid density.
Check hydraulic oil for condensation water;
change if necessary.
Carry out checks and operations before the
rst commissioning.
Change the brake uid.
Put the truck into operation.
During commissioning, the following must be
checked in particular:
Drive, control, steering
Brakes (service brake, parking brake)
Lifting system (lifting accessories, load
chains, mounting)
286 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Decommissioning
NOTE
For further information, see the truck work-
shop manual or contact the authorised service
centre.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 287

5 Operation
Cleaning
Cleaning
Cleaning the truck
CAUTION
If you remove the battery male connector with the
life.
Only disconnect the battery male connector with
the key switch switched on in an emergency.
WARNING
There is a risk of injury due to falling
when climbing onto the truck!
When climbing onto the truck, you
can get stuck or slip on components
and fall. Higher points on the truck
should only be accessed using the
appropriate equipment.
Adhere strictly to the following
steps.
Use only the steps provided to climb onto

the truck.
Use equipment such as stepladders or
platforms to reach inaccessible areas.
Preparing the truck for cleaning

CAUTION
If water penetrates the electrical system, there is a
risk of short circuit!
Adhere strictly to the following steps.
Switch the electrical system off before

cleaning.
Do not spray electric motors and other
electrical components or their covers
directly with water.
288 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Cleaning
CAUTION
Excessive water pressure or water and steam that
are too hot can damage truck components.
Only use high-pressure cleaners with a

maximum output power of 50 bar and at a
maximum temperature of 85C.
When using high-pressure cleaners, make
sure there is a distance of at least 20 cm
between the nozzle and the object being
cleaned.
Do not aim the cleaning jet directly at
adhesive labels or decal information.
DANGER
Risk of re!
Deposits/accumulations of combusti-
ble materials may ignite in the vicinity
of hot components (e.g. drive units).
steps.
Regularly remove all deposits/accumula-

tions of foreign materials in the vicinity of
hot components.
DANGER
Flammable uids can be ignited by
hot components on the truck, causing
a risk of re!
steps.
Do not use ammable uids for cleaning.

Note the manufacturers guidelines for
working with cleaning materials.
CAUTION
Abrasive cleaning materials can damage compo-
nent surfaces!
Using abrasive cleaning materials that are unsuita-
ble for plastics may dissolve plastic parts or make
them brittle. The screen on the display operating
unit may become cloudy.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 289

5 Operation
Cleaning
Only clean plastic parts with plastic cleaning

materials.
Note the manufacturers guidelines for
Washing the truck exterior

Clean the truck exterior with water-soluble
cleaning materials and water (water jet,
sponge, cloth).
Clean all walk-in areas, the oil lling open-
ings and their surroundings, and the lubri-
cating nipples before lubricating.
NOTE
Please note: The more often the truck is
cleaned, the more frequently it must be
lubricated.
Cleaning the electrical system
WARNING
Danger of electric shocks due to residual capacity!
Never reach into the electrical system with your
bare hands.
CAUTION
Cleaning electrical system parts
with water can damage the electrical
system.
Cleaning electrical system parts with
water is forbidden!
Do not remove covers etc.
Use only dry cleaning materials in
accordance with the manufactu-
rers specications.
Clean the electrical system parts with a

metal-free brush and blow the dust off with
low-pressure compressed air.
290 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Operation 5
Cleaning
Cleaning load chains
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Load chains are safety elements.
The use of cold/chemical cleaners or uids that are
corrosive or contain acid or chlorine can damage
the chains and is forbidden!
Observe the manufacturers guidelines for
Place a collection vessel under the lift mast.

Clean with parafn derivatives, such as
benzine.
When using a steam jet, do not use addi- 6210_810-004
tional cleaning agents.

Remove any water in the chain links using
compressed air immediately after cleaning.
Move the chain several times during this
procedure.
Immediately after drying the chain, spray it
with chain spray. Move the chain several
times during this procedure.
For chain spray specications, see the "Main-
tenance data table" chapter.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Dispose of any uid that has been spilled
or collected in the collection vessel in an
environmentally friendly manner. Follow the
statutory regulations.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 291

5 Operation
Cleaning
After washing
Carefully dry truck (e.g. with compressed
air).
Sit on the drivers seat and start up the truck
in accordance with regulations.
CAUTION
Danger of short-circuits!
If any moisture has penetrated into the motors
despite the precautionary measures taken, this
must rst be dried with compressed air.
The truck must then be started up to prevent
possible corrosion damage.
6210_001-029
292 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

6
Maintenance
6 Maintenance
General maintenance information

Personnel qualications
Only qualied and authorised personnel
are allowed to perform maintenance work.
The annual testing must be carried out by
a qualied person. The examination and
assessment of the qualied person must
be unaffected by operational and economic
conditions and must be conducted solely
from a safety perspective. He/she must have
sufcient knowledge and experience to be
able to assess the condition of a truck and
the effectiveness of the protective devices in
accordance with technical conventions and
the principles for testing trucks.
Maintenance personnel for batteries

Batteries may only be charged, maintained
or changed by properly trained personnel
in accordance with the instructions from the
manufacturers of the battery, battery charger
and truck. The handling instructions for the
battery and the operating instructions for the
battery charger must be followed.
Maintenance work without special

qualications
Simple maintenance work, e.g. checking
the hydraulic oil level, may be carried out by
untrained personnel. A qualication, like that
of a specialist, is not required to carry out this
work. The required operations are described
in sufcient detail in the corresponding places
in these operating instructions.
Information for carrying out mainte-

nance
This section contains all information required
to determine when the truck needs mainte-
nance. Carry out maintenance work within the
time limits according to the hour meter and
using the following maintenance check lists.
This is the only way to ensure that the truck
remains ready for operation and provides op-
294 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
timal performance and service life. It is also a

precondition for any warranty claims.
Maintenance timeframe
Carry out maintenance work on the truck in 1
accordance with the "Service in" display (1).
The maintenance check lists indicate the
maintenance work that is due.
The intervals are dened for standard use.
Shorter maintenance intervals can be dened
in consultation with the operating company,
depending on the application conditions of the
truck.
The following factors may necessitate shorter
maintenance intervals:
Contaminated, poor quality roads
Dusty or salty air 7312_003-156_V2
High levels of air humidity

Extremely high or low ambient tempera-
tures, or extreme changes in temperature
Multi-shift operation with a high duty cycle
Specic national regulations for the truck or
individual components
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 295

6 Maintenance
296 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance 1000 hours/annually

At operating hours
Carried
1000 2000 4000 5000 7000 out
8000 10000 11000 13000 14000
Chassis, bodywork and ttings
Check chassis for cracks
Check overhead guard/cab and panes of glass for damage
Check controls, switches and joints for damage, and apply grease and oil
Check the accelerator pedal and brake pedal for damage and function, and lubricate
Check drivers seat for correct function and for damage
Check driver restraint system for correct function and for damage, and clean.
Check battery hood, interlock and sensor for correct function and for damage
Check the dual pedal variant for damage and function, and lubricate
Tyres and wheels
Check tyres for wear and check the air pressure
Check wheels for damage and check the tightening torques
Power unit
Drive unit: Check that it is securely attached and check for leaks
Gearbox oil: Check oil level
Steering
Check the steering system for correct function and for leaks
Check that the steering wheel is securely attached and check the turning handle for
damage
Check the steering stop
Check steering chain; if necessary, adjust the tension and apply oil
Brake
Check all mechanical brake parts for condition, wear and correct function
Check the brake uid level
Check brake uid switch for correct function
Carry out brake test
Electrical system
Check all power cable connections
Check main contactor contacts
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 297

6 Maintenance
At operating hours
Carried
1000 2000 4000 5000 7000 out
8000 10000 11000 13000 14000
Check the switches, transmitters and sensors for correct function
Check the lighting and indicator lights
Battery and accessories
Check battery for damage and acid density; observe manufacturers maintenance
instructions
Check battery male connector and cable for damage
Hydraulics
Check the hydraulic system for condition, correct function and leaks
Check the hydraulics blocking function (ISO valve)
Check the oil level
Lift mast
Check the mast bearings for damage and lubricate. Check the tightening torque
Check the mast proles for damage and wear, and lubricate
Check the load chains for damage and wear, adjust and lubricate
Check the lift cylinder and connections for damage and leaks
Check the guide pulleys for damage and wear
Check the support rollers and chain rollers for damage and wear
Check the play between the fork carriage stop and the run-out barrier
Check the tilt cylinder and connections for damage and leaks
Check the fork carriage for damage and wear
Check the fork arm interlock for damage and correct function
Check the fork arms for wear and deformation
Check that there is a safety screw on the fork carriage or on the attachment
Special equipment
Check the attachments for wear and damage; observe the manufacturers mainten-
ance instructions
Check the trailer coupling for wear and damage; observe the manufacturers mai-
ntenance instructions
General
Read out error numbers and delete list
Reset the maintenance interval
298 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
At operating hours
Carried
1000 2000 4000 5000 7000 out
8000 10000 11000 13000 14000
Check labelling to ensure it is complete
Perform a test drive
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 299

6 Maintenance
300 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance - 3000 hours/every two years

At operating hours Carried
out
3000 6000 9000 12000 15000
Note
Perform all 1000-hour maintenance work
Power unit
Change the gearbox oil
Brake
Change the brake uid
Hydraulics
Change the hydraulic oil.
Replace the return line lter, breather lter and high-pressure lter (variant)
Ordering spare parts and wearing

parts
Spare parts are provided by our spare parts
service department. The information required
for ordering parts can be found in the spare
parts list.
Only use spare parts as per the manufac-
turers instructions. The use of unapproved
spare parts can result in an increased risk of
accidents due to insufcient quality or incor-
rect assignment. Anyone using unapproved
spare parts shall assume unlimited liability in
the event of damage or harm.
Quality and quantity of the required

operating materials
Only the operating materials specied in the
maintenance data table may be used.
The required consumables and lubricants
can be found in the maintenance data table.
Oil and grease types of a different quality
must not be mixed. This negatively affects
the lubricity. If a change between different
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 301

6 Maintenance
manufacturers cannot be avoided, drain the

old oil thoroughly.
Before carrying out lubricating work, lter
changes or any work on the hydraulic system,
carefully clean the area around the part
involved.
When topping up working materials, use only
clean containers!
302 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance data table
General lubrication points

Unit Operating materials Specications Quantity
Lubrication Grease DIN 51825-KPF2 As required
N-20
penetration class 2,
lithium-saponied,
ID no. 141001
Battery
System lling Distilled water As required
Insulation resistance DIN 43539 Min. 500 /V against

VDE 0510 ground
Electrical system
Insulation resistance DIN EN 1175 Min. 1000 /V against
VDE 0117 ground
Controls/joints
Lubrication Grease DIN 51825-KPF2 As required
N-20
penetration class 2,
lithium-saponied,
ID no. 163488
Oil SAE 80 As required
MIL-L2105
API-GL4
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 303

6 Maintenance
Hydraulic system
System lling Hydraulic oil HVLP 68
DIN 51524, part 3 Lift mast height up to
Hydraulic oil for the USDA H1 2100 mm = max. 20 l
food industry (variant) DIN 51524 Lift mast height over
Hydraulic oil for cold HVLP 68 2100 mm = max. 26 l
store application DIN 51524, part 3
Lubrication Grease RIVOLTA S.K.D.
3400/M.T.X.60 As required
ID no. 127905
Tyres
Superelastic tyres Wear limit To wear mark
Solid rubber tyres Wear limit To wear mark
Steering axle/drive axle

Wheel nuts/screws Torque wrench 195 Nm
Wheel gear Gearbox oil ARAL Degol GS 220
Running axle
Wheel nuts/screws Torque wrench 195 Nm
Brakes Brake uid ATE DOT 4 SL.6 0.2 l
Lift mast
Lubrication Super-pressure ID no. 147873 As required
adhesive lubricant
Stop Play min. 2 mm
Mast bearing screws Torque wrench 275 Nm
Load chains
Lubrication Chain spray ID no. 141001 As required
ID no. 156428
Setting Support roller distance 35 mm under the top
edge of the inner mast
304 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Washer system
System lling Screen wash Winter, ID no. 172566 As required
.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 305

6 Maintenance
Safety regulations for maintenance

General information
To prevent accidents during maintenance and
repair work, all necessary safety measures
must be taken, e.g.:
Turn off the key switch and remove the key.
Ensure that the truck cannot move uninten-
tionally or start up inadvertently.
If required, have the truck jacked up by the
Have the raised fork carriage or the ex-
tended lift mast secured against accidental
lowering by the authorised service centre.
Insert an appropriately sized wooden beam
as an abutment between the lift mast and
the cab, and secure the lift mast to prevent
it tilting backwards unintentionally.
Observe the maximum lift height of the lift
mast, and compare the dimensions from
the technical data with the dimensions of
the hall into which the truck is to be driven.
These steps are taken to prevent a collision
with the ceiling of the hall and to avoid any
damage caused as a result.
Working on the hydraulic equipment

The hydraulic system must be depressurised
prior to all work on the system.
Working on the electrical equipment

Work may only be performed on the electrical
equipment of the truck when it is in a voltage-
free state. Function checks, inspections
and adjustments on energised parts must
only be performed by trained and authorised
persons, taking the necessary precautions
into account. Rings, metal bracelets etc.
must be removed before working on electric
components.
306 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
To prevent damage to electronic systems

with electronic components, such as an
electronic driving regulator or lift control, these
components must be removed from the truck
prior to the start of electric welding.
Work on the electrical system (e.g. connecting
a radio, additional headlights etc.) is only
permitted with approval from the authorised
service centre.
Safety devices
After maintenance and repair work, all safety
devices must be reinstalled and tested for
operational reliability.
Set values
The device-dependent set values must be
observed when making repairs and when
changing hydraulic and electrical compo-
nents. These are listed in the appropriate
sections.
Lifting and jacking up
DANGER
There is a risk to life if the truck tips over!
If not raised and jacked up properly, the truck may
tip over and fall off. Only the hoists specied in the
workshop manual for this truck are allowed and are
tested for the necessary safety and load capacity.
Only have the truck raised and jacked up by the
Only jack the truck up at the points specied in
the workshop manual.
The truck must be raised and jacked up for

various types of maintenance work. The
authorised service centre must be informed
that this is to take place. Safe handling of
the truck and the corresponding hoists is
described in the trucks workshop manual.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 307

6 Maintenance
Working at the front of the truck
DANGER
Risk of accident!
If the lift mast or fork carriage is raised, no work
may be performed on the lift mast or at the front of
the truck unless the following safety measures are
observed.
When securing, only use chains with sufcient
load-bearing capacity.
CAUTION
Possibility of damage to the ceiling!
Note the maximum lift height of the lift mast.
Securing the lift mast against tilting

backwards
A hardwood beam with a cross-section of
120 x 120 mm is required. The length of
the hardwood beam must approximately
correspond to the width of the fork carriage
(b3). To avoid impact injuries, the hardwood
beam must not protrude beyond the outer
contour of the truck. A maximum length
matching the total width (b1) of the truck is
recommended.
Obtain the dimensions (b1) and (b3) from
the corresponding VDI datasheet.
308 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Clamp the hardwood beam (1) between the

driver protection structure (2) and the lift 1 2
mast (3).
3
Removing the lift mast
DANGER
Risk of accident!
This work must only be performed by an authorised
service technician.
Arrange for an authorised service technician to
remove the lift mast.
Securing the lift mast against falling off

DANGER 6210_001-030_V3
Risk of accident!
This work must only be performed by an authorised
service technician.
Arrange for an authorised service technician to
secure the lift mast.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 309

6 Maintenance
Providing access to maintenance points

Removing/installing the valve cover
Removing the valve cover
NOTE
A 4-mm hexagon socket wrench (2) is located
between the battery hood (1) and valve cover
(5) to assist in carrying out the following work.
This hexagon socket wrench must remain in
the truck at all times.
In the single-pedal version:
Remove the right bottom plate (4) Chap-
ter "Removing/installing the bottom
plate", P. 6-311.
In the dual-pedal version:
Remove the right bottom plate (4) Chap-
ter "Removing/installing the bottom plate for 3
dual pedal operation (variant)", P. 6-313.
Unscrew the four screws (3).
Lift up the valve cover (5) and remove.
Installing the valve cover

Position the valve cover and attach it with
four screws. 4 5
Install the right bottom plate.
Return the hexagon socket wrench to its
position between the battery hood and valve
cover. 1
3 2 5060_003-049_V2
310 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Removing/installing the bottom plate

Removing the left bottom plate
CAUTION
cables are damaged.
damage.
4
the bottom plate, ensure that
the connecting cables are not
damaged.
DANGER WARNING
When closing the bottom plate,
nothing should come between the 1
bottom plate and the edge of the 5060_003-118
chassis. There is a risk of crushing!

make sure nothing is between the
bottom plate and the edge of the
chassis.
NOTE
The left bottom plate (1) has a recess which
the operator can insert his ngers into to lift it.
The recess is underneath the rubber covering
(4).
Fold the rubber covering (4) forwards and
reach into the recess.
Lift up the bottom plate (1).
3
Disconnect the connecting plug (2) for the
signal horn foot switch (3).
Remove the bottom plate.
2
Installing the left bottom plate
Position the bottom plate.
Connect the connecting plug for the signal
1
horn foot switch.
Close the bottom plate.
5060_003-057_V2
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 311

6 Maintenance
Removing the right bottom plate
NOTE 6 5
The accelerator pedal is attached to the right
bottom plate and is removed with it. The
connecting plug for the accelerator is located
underneath the bottom plate.
Lift the bottom plate (5) forwards and
carefully guide it upwards over the brake
pedal (6).
Disconnect the connecting plug for the
accelerator.
5060_003-132_V2
Installing the right bottom plate

Connect the connecting plug for the accel-
erator.
Lower the bottom plate, carefully guiding it
downwards over the brake pedal.
312 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Removing/installing the bottom plate

for dual pedal operation (variant)
Removing the right bottom plate
1 2 3
CAUTION
5
cables are damaged.
damage.
the bottom plate, ensure that
the connecting cables are not
damaged.
DANGER WARNING
nothing should come between the 4
bottom plate and the edge of the 5060_003-117
chassis. There is a risk of crushing!

make sure nothing is between the
bottom plate and the edge of the
chassis.
NOTE
The accelerator pedals (3) and (5) are atta-
ched to the left bottom plate and are removed
with it. Due to the design, the right bottom
plate must always be removed rst.
Lift the bottom plate (1) forwards and
carefully guide it upwards over the brake
pedal (2) and the forwards accelerator
pedal (3).
Installing the right bottom plate

Lower the bottom plate, carefully guiding it
downwards over the brake pedal and the
forwards accelerator pedal.
Removing the left bottom plate

Lift up the bottom plate (4).
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 313

6 Maintenance
Disconnect the connecting plug for the

accelerator.
Installing the left bottom plate

Connect the connecting plug for the accel-
erator.
314 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
Maintenance
Lubricating the joints and controls
Oil or grease other bearing points and 1
joints according to the maintenance data
table", P. 6-303.
Drivers seat guide
Cab door hinges (variant)
Battery door hinges or battery cover hinges
Control linkage (1) for valves
6210_606-030_V2
Checking the battery hood lock
DANGER
The battery could fall on the driver there is a risk
to life!
If the hood lock malfunctions and the truck tips over
or is subjected to sharp deceleration, the battery
hood can open and the battery can fall out.
If the hood lock is deformed, damaged or stiff,
inform STILL Service immediately and do not
operate the truck.
Always check the hood lock after an accident.
Check the hood lock for secure function.
Pivot points must be greased and move easily.
NOTE
The interval for greasing is inuenced signi-
cantly by the application conditions and envi-
ronmental conditions affecting the truck. As
required and after every 1000 hours, perform
a visual inspection and function check of the
hood lock. Grease all moving parts of the hood
lock if necessary.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 315

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Open the battery hood (4), see Chap-

ter "Opening and closing the battery
hood", P. 5-254.
Check components (1) and (2) of the hood
lock (3) for ease of movement.
Grease the lock mechanism.
1 2 3 4
5060_003-079_V2
Maintaining the seat belt
DANGER
There is a risk to life if the seat belt fails during an
accident!
If the seat belt is faulty, it may tear or open during
an accident and no longer keep the driver in the
drivers seat. The driver may therefore be hurled
against the truck components or out of the truck.
Ensure operational reliability by continually
testing.
Do not use a truck with a defective seat belt.
A defective belt must only be replaced by your
service centre.
Only use genuine spare parts.
Do not make any changes to the belt.
NOTE
Carry out the following checks on a regular
basis (monthly). In the case of signicant
strain, a daily check is necessary.
316 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
Checking the seat belt

Pull out the belt (3) completely and check
for wear.
The belt must not be frayed or cut. The
stitching must not be loose.
Check whether the belt is dirty. 3
2
Check whether parts are worn or damaged,
including the attachment points.
Check the buckle (1) to ensure that it locks
into place properly. 1
When the belt tongue (2) is inserted, the belt
must be held securely.
6327_342-009
The belt tongue (2) must release when the

red button (4) is pressed.
The automatic blocking mechanism must
be tested at least once a year:
Park the forklift truck on level ground.
Pull out the belt with a jerk.
block extension of the belt.
Tilt the seat at least 30. In order to do
4
this, open the battery hood fully, see
Chapter "Opening and closing the battery
hood", P. 5-254.
Slowly extend the belt.
1 7090_342-005

block extension of the belt.
Cleaning the seat belt

Clean the seat belt as necessary, but
without using chemical cleaning materials
(a brush will sufce).
Replacement after an accident

As a rule, the seat belt must be replaced after
an accident.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 317

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Checking the drivers seat
WARNING
Risk of injury!
After an accident, check the drivers seat with
attached restraining belt and fastening.
Check the controls for correct operation.

Check the condition of the seat (e.g. wear
on the upholstery) and secure fastening to
the hood.
WARNING
Risk of injury!
Have the seat repaired by the service centre if 6327_342-010
you identify any damage during the checks.
Servicing wheels and tyres
WARNING
Risk of accident! Uneven wear decreases the
stability of the truck and increases the braking
distance.
Change worn or damaged tyres without delay.
WARNING
Risk of tipping!
Tyre quality affects the stability of the truck.
If you wish to use a different type of tyre on the truck
from the tyres approved by the truck manufacturer,
or tyres from a different manufacturer, you must rst
obtain approval from the truck manufacturer.
WARNING
Risk to stability!
When using pneumatic tyres or solid rubber tyres,
rim parts must never be changed and rim parts from
different manufacturers must not be mixed.
318 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
Checking condition and wear of the tyres

WARNING
Tyre quality affects the stability and handling of the
truck.
Changes can only be made in consultation with the
manufacturer.
When changing wheels or tyres, always ensure that
this does not cause the truck to tilt to one side (e.g.
always change right and left wheels at the same
time).
NOTE
The wear of the tyres on an axle must be
approximately the same.
Superelastic tyres and solid rubber tyres 5060_003-116_V2
can be worn down to the wear mark (2).

If necessary, remove any foreign bodies (1)
imbedded in the tyre tread. 1 2
6311_003-005
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 319

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Checking wheel fastenings

Check wheel fastening nuts (3) and bolts for
secure positioning, and retighten them as
necessary.
Observe the torques; see the "maintenance
data table".
3
5060_003-131_V2
Checking the drive axle for oil level,

leaks and general condition 1
Drive axle: checking the oil level 2
DANGER
Consumables are toxic!
Note safety regulations for working with gearbox
oil, see Chapter "Oils", P. 3-39.
NOTE
3
See the workshop manual for the lling
quantity for gearbox oil as well as for the
tightening torque of the oil ller plug (1), or
ask the relevant service centre. 5051_200-001_V2
Turn the steering completely to the right, in

order to make the oil lling opening at the
gearbox housing (2) accessible.
Park the truck securely; see Chap-
NOTE
The truck must be standing on a at, level
surface.
Unscrew the oil ller plug (1).
320 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
The oil level must reach the lower edge of

the bore; top up if necessary, see Chap-
ter "Maintenance data table", P. 6-303.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE
Carefully collect any spilled oil and dispose of
it in accordance with regulations.
Checking the drive axle for leaks

Check the gearbox housing (2) around the
drive axle and gearbox cover (3) for leaks
(traces of oil).
In the event of leaks, inform the service
team.
Checking the brake uid level

If the message SERVICE BRAKE appears in
the display operating unit, the brake uid level
must be checked.
WARNING 3 8
Risk of injury from becoming trapped in moving 6
parts! 4 9
Observe the safety regulations for working at the 7
front of the truck; see Chapter "Working at the 5 0

front of the truck", P. 6-308.
WARNING
Brake uid is hazardous to your health!
Observe the safety regulations for working with 7312_003-176_en
brake uid, see Chapter "Brake uid", P. 3-42.
WARNING
Risk of accident as a result of a low brake uid level!
If the brake uid level is low, there are leakages.
Top up the brake uid.
Check the brake system for leaks and repair any
that are found.
Do not place the truck back into operation until
the cause is repaired.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 321

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Check the brake uid level at the expansion

tank (1).
4
The brake uid level must be between the
MAX and MIN marks.
3
WARNING
The brake uid level sensor cables can tear off 2
when the ller cap is opened!
When the ller cap (2) is unscrewed, the cables (4)
must not be rotated also, otherwise the cables may 1
tear off. The brake uid level sensor (3) is stored in
the rotatable ller cap and can be held in position
when turning the cover.
Keep the brake uid level sensor with cables in
position and unscrew the cover.
If necessary, remove the cables before opening
the cover and reattach after servicing. 5060_003-163
Top up any missing brake uid to the MAX

mark according to the maintenance data
table", P. 6-303.
Checking the brake uid level sensor 4

WARNING
Risk of injury from becoming trapped in moving 3
parts!
Observe the safety regulations for working at the
front of the forklift truck, see Chapter "Working 2
at the front of the truck", P. 6-308.
1
WARNING
Brake uid is hazardous to your health!
Observe the safety regulations for working with
brake uid, see Chapter "Brake uid", P. 3-42
5060_003-163
WARNING
The brake uid level sensor cables can tear off
when the ller cap is opened!
When the ller cap (2) is unscrewed, the cables (4)
must not be rotated also, otherwise the cables may
tear off. The brake uid level sensor (3) is stored in
the rotatable ller cap and can be held in position
when turning the cover.
Keep the brake uid level sensor with cables in
position and unscrew the cover.
322 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance

Unscrew ller cap (2).
Press brake uid level sensor switch (3).
The SERVICE BRAKE message must appear
in the display.
If the message does not appear in the
display, inform the service centre.
When testing is complete, screw the ller
cap back on.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 323

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Checking the battery condition, acid

level and acid density
CAUTION
Risk of damage!
Heed the information in the operating instructi-
ons for the battery.
Remove the battery from the truck, see

chapter "Handling the battery".
Inspect battery for cracked housing, raised
plate sand acid leaks.
WARNING
The electrolyte (dilute sulphuric acid) is poisonous
and caustic!
Observe safety regulations for handling battery
acid; see chapter "Battery acid".
Rinse away spilt battery acid immediately with
plenty of water!
Have defective battery overhauled.

Open ller cap (1) and check the acid level.
1
For batteries with "caged cell plugs", the
acid must reach the bottom of the cage; for
batteries without "caged cell plugs", it must
cover the lead plates by about 1015 mm.
Top up missing uid with distilled water only.
The battery cell covers must be kept clean and
dry.
Remove any oxidation residues on the
battery terminals and then apply acid-free
grease to the terminals.
Tighten the battery terminals (2).
Check acid density with an acid siphon.
2 6321_003-126
After charging, this value must be between

1.24 and 1.29 kg/l.
324 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
Checking the fuses
DANGER
Hazard from electrical current!
Take care when handling; there may
be residual capacity present.
Before starting the following mainten-
ance work:
Disconnect the battery male
connector.
CAUTION
life.
emergency.
NOTE
Depending on the equipment, not all fuses will
be present in the truck.
The fuses are located at the rear, within the
control electronics section.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 325

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Open the cover (1).

Remove the cover from the control electron- 1
ics.
5060_003-158
Check the condition of the main fuse (2)

(no damage to the porcelain body) and 3
check that it is securely attached; tighten
the clamping screws if necessary.
3
Check the condition of fuses (3), check that
the cable connections are secure and check
for oxidation residues. Clean if necessary.
CAUTION
Water in the electrical system can
cause damage to components! 2
In order to protect the electrical
system against ingress of water, the
cover must be closed.
Ret the cover after completion of
the activities. 5060_003-159
Close the cover of the control electronics.

Close the cover.
Carry out a functional test.
326 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
Changing fuses
DANGER
Hazard from electrical current!
Take care when handling; there may
be residual capacity present.
Before starting the following mainten-
ance work:
Disconnect the battery male
connector.
CAUTION
life.
emergency.
DANGER
Risk of re!
Using the wrong fuses can result
in lack of protection against short
circuits.
Only use fuses with the prescribed
nominal current.
NOTE
The fuses are located at the rear, within the
control electronics section.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 327

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Open the cover (1).

Remove the cover from the control electron- 1
ics.
5060_003-158
Locate the blown fuse; see the section

entitled "Fuse assignment". 3
Unscrew the faulty fuse (2) or remove the
faulty fuse (3) and replace it with a new fuse 3
with the specied nominal current.
CAUTION
Water in the electrical system can
cause damage to components!
In order to protect the electrical
system against ingress of water, the 2
cover must be closed.
Ret the cover after completion of
the activities.
Close the cover of the control electronics. 5060_003-159
Close the cover.

Carry out a functional test.
328 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
Checking the hydraulic oil level
CAUTION
Hydraulic oils are hazardous to your health and are
under pressure during operation.
Observe the safety regulations in the chapter
"Hydraulic uid".

Remove the left bottom plate.
CAUTION
The maximum oil volume is dependent on the
height of the attached lift mast.
The lling quantities vary by 6 l depending on
the lift mast version. Always observe the lling
quantities for the height of the lift mast, see the
chapter "Maintenance data table".
For lift masts up to 2100 mm in height, the oil
level must be within the lower mark (2).
For lift masts over 2100 mm in height, the oil level
must be within the upper mark (3).
The corresponding minimum marking must be
exceeded.
Unscrew breather lter with oil dipstick (1). 5060_003-065_V3
Check the oil level. 1

NOTE
3
The oil level must lie within the mark (2) or wi-
thin the mark (3) on the dipstick, depending on
2
the height of the lift mast. The corresponding
minimum marking must be exceeded.
If necessary, pour hydraulic oil of the
correct specication as specied in the
maintenance data table into the ller neck.
ENVIRONMENT NOTE 1
Carefully collect up any spilled oil and
dispose of it in an environmentally friendly
manner.
Screw in the breather lter with oil dipstick.
Install the left bottom plate.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 329

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Checking the hydraulic system for

leaks
WARNING
Hydraulic oil under pressure can
escape from leaking lines and cause
injuries to the skin.
Wear suitable protective gloves,
industrial goggles etc.
WARNING
Hydraulic hoses become brittle!
Hydraulic hoses should not be used longer than 6
years.
The specications of BGR 237 should be complied
with. Deviating national laws are to be taken into
account.
Check pipe and hose connection screw

joints for leaks (traces of oil).
Hose lines must be changed if:
The outer layer has been breached or
becomes brittle with tears
They are leaking
There are unnatural deformations (e.g.
bubble formation or buckling)
A tting is detached from the hose
A tting is badly damaged or corroded
Pipes must be changed if:
There is abrasion with the loss of material
There are unnatural deformations and
detectable bending stress
They are leaking
330 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Maintenance
Lubricating the lift mast and roller

track
Remove dirt and lubricant residue from the
roller track.
Lubricate the roller tracks (1) of the outside,
middle, and inside mast with a super-
pressure adhesion lubricant to reduce
wear. See Chapter "Maintenance data
table", P. 6-303.
NOTE
Spray the roller track evenly from a distance of
approx. 15-20 cm. Wait approx. 15 minutes 1
until the equipment is ready to use again.
6210_800-020
Maintenance for trucks used in cold

stores
On trucks used in cold stores (variant),
check all rollers and chains in the lift mast
for ease of movement once a week.
6210_900-002
Maintaining the tow coupling
NOTE
Wear to moving parts can be signicantly
reduced by appropriate servicing and regular
lubrication of the coupling.
Avoid over-greasing!
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 331

6 Maintenance
Maintenance
Model RO*230
Check the condition of the pin retainer (2), 3
change if necessary.
Grease the supporting surface for the
tow-bar eye (4) and the coupling pin (3).
4
2
5060_003-111
Model RO*244
4
Grease via the lubricating nipple in ac-
cordance with the maintenance data ta-
ble; see Chapter "Maintenance data ta-
ble", P. 6-303.
For couplings without a lubricating nipple,
unscrew the end cover (4), then open the
coupling and grease it.
Grease the supporting surface for the
tow-bar eye.
7321_003-093
332 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
1000-hour maintenance / Annual maintenance

Other tasks
Perform all maintenance work; see the
"Maintenance" chapter.
Checking the cable connections

Check that the feed cables of the pump
motor and traction motor are securely
attached, in good condition and insulated.
NOTE
Oxidised connections and brittle cables result
in voltage drops and cause malfunctions.
Remove oxidation residues and replace
brittle cables.
Checking accelerator pedal and

brake pedal
Check the accelerator pedal and brake
pedal for damage and function.
Remove the bottom plate as necessary and
lubricate the mechanism.
Checking the brake system for

correct operation and leaks
Perform a functional check of the brake
system; see Chapter "Checking the brake
system for correct function", P. 5-99.
If you determine that the pedal stop is soft,
the pipe lines and hoses must be checked
for condition and leaks and the brake system
must be bled.
Contact your service centre.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Do not put trucks with a defective brake system into
service.
7311_003-012
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 333

6 Maintenance
Checking the dual pedal

Check the accelerator pedals for forwards
and reverse travel for damage and function.
Remove the bottom plate; see Chap-
ter "Removing/installing the bottom plate for
dual pedal operation (variant)", P. 6-313.
Check that the support and springs of the
mechanism are securely positioned.
Perform visual inspection to verify that
all screws are coated with retaining com-
pound.
Checking the lift cylinders and

connections for leaks
WARNING
Risk of injury
Observe safety regulations for working on the lift
mast, see the "Working at the front of the truck"
chapter.
Check the hydraulic connections and lift

cylinder for leaks (visual inspection).
Have leaking screw joints or leaking hy-
draulic cylinders repaired by the authorised
service centre.
7094_810-004
334 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Maintenance 6
Checking fork arms

Inspect the fork arms (1) for any visible
deformation. The wear must not amount to
more than 10 % of the original thickness.
CAUTION
3
Worn fork arms should always be replaced in pairs. 2
Check the securing mechanism (3) for
proper operation.
The locking screw (2) that prevents dislodg-
ing must be present.
1
6210_842-002
Checking the reversible fork arms
NOTE
1
This check is only required for reversible fork
arms (variant).
Check the outside of the fork bend (1) for
cracks. Contact your service centre.
6210_842-003
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 335

6 Maintenance
336 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

7
Technical data
7 Technical data
Dimensions
Dimensions
1 Seat is adjustable 90 mm 2 Fork spacing is adjustable
338 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Technical data 7
VDI datasheet: RX50-10 and RX50-13
NOTE
Measurements h1, h3, h4, h6 and b1 are
customer-specic and can be taken from the
order conrmation.
Centre of gravity position centre of gravity
"S"(Distance measured from the front axle)
RX50-10c 576 mm
RX50-10 592 mm
RX50-13 663 mm
RX50-15 720 mm
RX50-16 717 mm
NOTE
The specied centre of gravity "S" relates
to trucks with standard equipment. If, for
example, the truck is equipped with a different
lift mast, attachment or driver protection
structure, this value is only a guide value. If
necessary, the centre of gravity "S" must be
determined on an individual basis for each
truck.
VDI datasheet: RX50-10 and

RX50-13
Characteristics
Model RX50-10c RX50-10 RX50-13
Type number 5060 5061 5063
Manufacturer STILL GmbH STILL GmbH STILL GmbH
Electric Electric Electric
Drive
Operation Seated Seated Seated
Rated capacity/load Q (kg) 1000 1000 1250

Load centre of gravity distance c (mm) 500 500 500
Load distance x (mm) 330 330 330
Wheelbase y (mm) 974 1028 1136

.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 339

7 Technical data
Weight
Type number 5060 5061 5063
Net weight including battery kg 2358 2372 2561
Front axle load with load kg 2833 2832 3247
Rear axle load with load kg 525 540 564
Front axle load without load kg 981 1025 1084
Rear axle load without load kg 1377 1347 1477
.
Wheels, chassis frame

Type number 5060 5061 5063
Tyres Superelastic Superelastic Superelastic
Front tyre size 180/70-8 180/70-8 180/70-8

Rear tyre size 180/70-8 180/70-8 180/70-8
Number of front wheels (x = driven) 2 2 2
Number of rear wheels (x = driven) 1x 1x 1x
Front track width b10 (mm) 840 840 840

Rear track width b11 (mm)
.
Basic dimensions
Type number 5060 5061 5063
Tilt of lift mast/fork carriage,
(degrees) 3 3 3
forwards
Tilt of lift mast/fork carriage,
(degrees) 5 5 5
backwards
Height with lift mast retracted h1 (mm) 2160 2160 2160
Free lift h2 (mm) 150 150 150
Lift 1 h3 (mm) 3230 3230 3230
Height with lift mast extended h4 (mm) 3805 3805 3805
1 The specied lift takes into account the tyre deection and the tolerances of the tyre diameter.
340 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Technical data 7

Type number 5060 5061 5063
Height to top of overhead guard
h6 (mm) 1980 1980 2050
(cab)
Seat height (in relation to SIP) h7 (mm) 953 953 953
Coupling height h10 (mm)

Total length l1 (mm) 2359 2413 2521
Length including fork back l2 (mm) 1559 1613 1721
Total width b1 (mm) 990 990 990
Fork arm thickness s (mm) 40 40 40
Fork arm width e (mm) 80 80 80
Fork arm length l (mm) 800 800 800
Fork carriage according to
ISO II/A ISO II/A ISO II/A
ISO 2328, class/form A, B
Fork carriage width b3 (mm) 980 980 980
Ground clearance with load under
m1 (mm) 90 90 90
lift mast
Ground clearance at centre of
m2 (mm) 90 90 90
wheelbase
Ast (mm) 2888 2942 3050
Aisle width for pallet 1000 x 1200
crosswise
Aisle width for pallet 800 x 1200

Ast (mm) 3010 3064 3172
longitudinal
Turning radius Wa (mm) 1229 1283 1391
Smallest pivot point distance b13 (mm)
.
Performance data
Type number 5060 5061 5063
Driving speed with load km/h 12.0 12.0 12.0
Driving speed without load km/h 12.5 12.5 12.5
Lifting speed with load m/s 0.38 0.38 0.33
Lifting speed without load m/s 0.54 0.54 0.54
Lowering speed with load m/s 0.54 0.54 0.54
Lowering speed without load m/s 0.60 0.60 0.60
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 341

7 Technical data

Type number 5060 5061 5063
Pulling force with load N 1650 1650 1400
Pulling force without load N 1950 1950 1700
Max. pulling force without load N 2840 2840 3500
Max. pulling force without load N 7150 7150 7150
Climbing capability with load % 6.5 6.5 5.0
Climbing capability without load % 11.0 11.0 8.5
Max. climbing capability with load % 19.0 19.0 19.0
Max. climbing capability without
% 25.0 25.0 25.0
load
Acceleration time with load s 5.1 5.1 5.3
Acceleration time without load s 4.7 4.7 4.8
Service brake Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic
.
Elec. motor
Type number 5060 5061 5063
Traction motor, power rating at S2: kW
4.9 4.9 4.9
60 min.
Lift motor, power rating at S3: 15% kW 7.6 7.6 7.6
Battery in accordance with DIN DIN 43535 A DIN 43535 A DIN 43535 A
43531/35/36 A, B, C, no
Battery voltage U (V) 24 24 24
Battery capacity K5 (Ah) 460 575 805
Battery weight kg 372 445 600
Energy consumption: 60 VDI
kWh/h 3.7 3.7 4.2
working cycles/hour
.
Other
Type number 5060 5061 5063
Working pressure for attachments bar 230 230 230
Oil ow for attachments l/min 30 30 30
342 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Technical data 7

Type number 5060 5061 5063
Sound pressure level LpAZ (drivers
dB (A) 63.9 63.9 63.9
compartment)2
Human vibration: acceleration
m/s2 < 0.7 < 0.7 < 0.7
according to EN 13059
Tow coupling, DIN type/model
.
VDI datasheet: RX50-15 and

RX50-16
Characteristics
Model RX50-15 RX50-16
Type number 5065 5066
Manufacturer STILL GmbH STILL GmbH
Electric Electric
Drive
Operation Seated Seated
Rated capacity/load Q (kg) 1000 1000

Load centre of gravity distance c (mm) 500 500
Load distance x (mm) 335 335
Wheelbase y (mm) 1190 1190

.
Weight
Net weight including battery kg 2826 2833
Axle load with front load kg 3679 3866
Axle load with rear load kg 647 567
Axle load without front load Kg 1133 1143
Axle load without rear load kg 1693 1690
.
2 Without cab. Values differ with a cab.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 343

7 Technical data
Wheels, chassis frame

Tyres Superelastic Superelastic
Front tyre size 180/70-8 180/70-8

Rear tyre size 180/70-8 180/70-8
Number of front wheels (x = driven) 2 2
Number of rear wheels (x = driven) 1x 1x
Front track width b10 (mm) 840 840

Rear track width b11 (mm)
.
Basic dimensions
Tilt of lift mast/fork carriage, forwards (degrees) 3 3
Tilt of lift mast/fork carriage, backwards (degrees) 5 5
Height with lift mast retracted h1 (mm) 2160 2160
Free lift h2 (mm) 150 150
Lift3 h3 (mm) 3230 3230
Height with lift mast extended h4 (mm) 3805 3805
Height to top of overhead guard (cab) h6 (mm) 2050 2050
Seat height (in relation to SIP) h7 (mm) 953 953
Coupling height h10 (mm)

Total length l1 (mm) 2575 2580
Length including fork back l2 (mm) 1775 1780
Total width b1 (mm) 990 990
Fork arm thickness s (mm) 40 40
Fork arm width e (mm) 80 80
Fork arm length l (mm) 800 800
Fork carriage according to ISO 2328,
ISO II/A ISO II/A
class/form A, B
3 The specied lift takes into account the tyre deection and the tolerances of the tyre diameter.
344 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Technical data 7

Fork carriage width b3 (mm) 980 980
Ground clearance with load under lift mast m1 (mm) 90 90
Ground clearance at centre of wheelbase m2 (mm) 90 90
Ast (mm) 3104 3109
Aisle width for pallet 1000 x 1200 cross-
wise
Aisle width for pallet 800 x 1200 longitudi-

Ast (mm) 3226 3231
nal
Turning radius Wa (mm) 1445 1445
Smallest pivot point distance b13 (mm)
.
Performance data
Driving speed with load km/h 12.0 12.0
Driving speed without load km/h 12.5 12.5
Lifting speed with load m/s 0.32 0.30
Lifting speed without load m/s 0.54 0.54
Lowering speed with load m/s 0.54 0.54
Lowering speed without load m/s 0.60 0.60
Pulling force with load N 1280 1240
Pulling force without load N 1670 1670
Max. pulling force without load N 3770 3470
Max. pulling force without load N 7150 7150
Climbing capability with load % 4.0 4.0
Climbing capability without load % 8.0 7.5
Max. climbing capability with load % 16.0 15.0
Max. climbing capability without load % 25.0 25.0
Acceleration time with load s 5.5 5.6
Acceleration time without load s 4.9 5.0
Service brake Hydraulic Hydraulic
.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 345

7 Technical data
Elec. motor

Traction motor, power rating at S2: 60 min. kW 4.9 4.9
Lift motor, power rating at S3: 15% kW 7.6 7.6
Battery in accordance with DIN DIN 43535 A DIN 43535 A
43531/35/36 A, B, C, no
Battery voltage U (V) 24 24
Battery capacity K5 (Ah) 920 920
Battery weight Kg 676 676
Energy consumption: 60 VDI working
kWh/h 4.8 4.9
cycles/hour
.
Other
Working pressure for attachments bar 230 230
Oil ow for attachments l/min 30 30
Sound pressure level LpAZ (drivers
dB (A) 63.9 63.9
compartment)4
Human vibration: acceleration according
m/s2 < 0.7 < 0.7
to EN 13059
Tow coupling, DIN type/model
.
4 Without cab. Values differ with a cab.
346 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Technical data 7
Ergonomic dimensions
Ergonomic dimensions
40 mm
WARNING
Danger of impact injuries to the head!
If the head of the operator is located too close to the
underside of the roof, the suspension of the drivers
seat or an accident may cause the head to strike the
overhead guard.
To avoid head injuries, a minimum distance of
40 mm must be ensured between the underside of
the roof and the head of the tallest operator.
To determine the actual head clearance, the opera-
tor must sit in the drivers seat and the seat suspen-
sion must be set to this drivers requirements.
Due to the individual nature of height and body
weight as well as the wide variety of types of drivers
seat and overhead guard, the minimum head
0000_003-002
clearance must be ensured in every truck.
The drivers compartment has been designed

taking ergonomics in the workplace into
account and in accordance with EN ISO 3411.
In general, from the seat position, the operator
has sufcient space to reach the operating
devices safely, to operate the truck and to view
the outline of the truck. Operators whose body
size deviates from the specied dimensions
on which EN ISO 3411 is based must be
individually considered by the operating
company.
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 347

7 Technical data
Battery specications
NOTE
Battery specications to DIN 43535 A
CAUTION
The battery weight and dimensions affect the
stability of the truck.
When replacing the battery, the weight ratios
must not be changed. The battery weight must
remain within the weight range specied on the
nameplate. The location of ballast weights must not
be changed. The bottom of the battery tray must be
closed.
Use batteries that meet DIN standards.
Do not change the position of ballast weights.
Check the battery weight against the information
on the nameplate.
Only use a battery tray that is closed at the
bottom.
RX50-10 (5060)
Battery Capac- Weight Battery compartment dimensions in mm Tray Ballast
designa- ity in kg weight
tion in Ah 5% Length Width Height in kg
4 PzV 440 440
372 284 845 645 104 -
4 PzS 460 460
.
RX50-10 (5061)
4 PzV 440 440
372 284 845 645 104 78
4 PzS 460 460
5 PzV 500 500
5 PzV 550 550
5 PzS 575 575 445 338 845 645 105 -
5 PzS 625 625
5 CSM
625
625
.
348 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Technical data 7
RX50-13 (5063)
5 PzV 500 500
5 PzV 550 550
5 PzS 575 575 445 338 105 156
5 PzS 625 625
5 CSM
625
625
6 PzV 600 600
6 PzS 690 690 845 645
524 392 106 78
6 PzS 750 750
6 CSM
750
750
7 PzV 700 700
7 PzS 805 805
600 446 107 -
7 PzS 875 875
7 CSM
875
875
.
RX50-15 (5065), RX5016 (5066)

6 PzV 600 600
6 PzS 690 690
524 392 106 156
6 PzS 750 750
6 CSM
750
750
7 PzV 700 700
7 PzS 805 805 845 645
600 446 107 78
7 PzS 875 875
7 CSM
875
875
8 PzV 800 800
8 PzV 880 880 676 500 108 -
8 PzS 920 920
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 349

7 Technical data

8 PzS
1000
1000
8 CSM
1000
1000
.
350 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Technical data 7
Fuse assignment
Fuse assignment
2
3
4
5060_003-139_V2
6
7
8
9
12 11 10
13
1 Electric parking brake F21 30 A

2 CAN power port (CPP) 1 standard F13 30 A
3 CAN power port (CPP) 2 lighting F18 20 A
4 12 V voltage transformer supply F14 10 A
5 Enable hydraulics multi-lever F19 10 A
Switch lock, display and operating unit, main control unit (MCU),
6 F11 10 A
diagnostic connector
7 Proportional technology F17 10 A
8 5th hydraulic function F16 10 A
9 Not assigned F15 10 A
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 351

7 Technical data
Fuse assignment
10 Horn F12 10 A
11 Pre-charging the converter F20 10 A
12 Traction motor main fuse 1 F01 355 A
13 Pump motor main fuse 2 F01 355 A
NOTE
352 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Index
g
A Attachments
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Access authorisation
Controlling using a double
Changing the password . . . . . . . . . . . 93
mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Dening the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Controlling using multi-lever
Entering the access code . . . . . . . . . 87 operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Selecting the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Controlling using the double
Access authorisation with PIN code . . . . 86 mini-lever and the 5th function . . 176
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Controlling using the four-way
Accident recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 mini-lever and the 5th function . . 184
Actuating the drive direction switch Controlling using the three-way
Fingertip version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 mini-lever and the 5th function . . 180
Joystick 4Plus version . . . . . . . . . . 113 Controlling via the joystick 4Plus . . . 186
Mini-console version . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Controlling with a quadruple
mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Mini-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Controlling with a triple mini-lever . . . 178
Multiple-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Controlling with ngertip . . . . . . . . . 188
Address of manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . .. I
Controlling with ngertip and
Adjusting the armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5th function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Adjusting the fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Controlling with multi-lever
After washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 operation and the 5th function
......................... 172
General controlling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Releasing the pressure from the
connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Special risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Taking up a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Automatic lift cut out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 353

Index
g
B Brake system
Checking for correct operation . . . . . 333
Battery
Checking for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Activities after installation using the
internal roller channel . . . . . . . . . 272
C
Activities before removal using the
internal roller channel . . . . . . . . . 270 CE labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2
Changing using the internal roller Changes to the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Changing the drive direction . . . . . . . . . 115
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Dual-pedal version . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Checking condition, acid level and Changing the fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
acid density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Changing the password . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Checking the charge status . . . . . . . 279 Checking accelerator pedal and brake
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Installing using a bridge . . . . . . . . . . 265 Checking fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Maintaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Checking the battery hood lock . . . . . . . 315
Removing using a bridge . . . . . . . . . 262 Checking the cable connections . . . . . . 333
Replacing using a bridge . . . . . . . . . 262 Checking the drive axle for oil level,
Replacing using an external roller leaks and general condition . . . . 320
channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Checking for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Safety regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Checking the drivers seat . . . . . . . . . . 318
Battery hood Checking the dual pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Checking the emergency stop function . 101
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Checking the lift cylinders and
Battery specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 connections for leaks . . . . . . . . . 334
Battery transport with crane . . . . . . . . . 269 Checking wheel fastenings . . . . . . . . . . 320
Before taking up load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Clamp locking mechanism
Blue-Q Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Congure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Cleaning the electrical system . . . . . . . 290
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cleaning the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Climbing off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Climbing on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Bottom plate Clipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Cold store application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Installing, dual pedal operation . . . . 313 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Permissible use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Removing, dual pedal operation . . . 313 Condition of the roadways . . . . . . . . . . 107
Brake uid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Connecting the battery male connector . . 81
Checking the brake uid level . . . . . 321
Checking the function of the sensor . 322
354 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Index
g
Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Display symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Brake uid safety information . . . . . . . 42 Auxiliary equipment soft key
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Safety information for handling Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Menu navigation soft key functions . . 220
Safety information for handling oils . . . 39 Numeric keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Safety information for hydraulic uid . . 40 Operating messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Contact details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Copyright and trademark rights . . . . . . . . . 5 Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Crane loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Disposal
Curve Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
D Documentation scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Double mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 135
Danger to employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Driver rights, duties and rules of
Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dening the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Drivers compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Denition of directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Driveways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Dimensions of driveways . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Driving
Direction indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 on ascending and descending
Fingertip version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Mini-console version . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Driving on gradients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Mini-lever version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Driving on lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Disconnecting the battery male Driving on loading bridges . . . . . . . . . . 164
connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
E
Display and operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Additional indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 EC declaration of conformity in
accordance with Machinery
Adjusting the displays . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 3
Congure Blue Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Effects on additional consumers . . . . . . 226
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Emergencies
Standard display elements . . . . . . . . 85
Truck tipping over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Display operating unit
Emergency lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Resetting the daily kilometres . . . . . 222
Emergency shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Noise emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Standard displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Entering the access code . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Ergonomic dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 355

Index
g
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 I
F Identication points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Impermissible use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Filling the washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Information for carrying out mainte-
Fingertip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 nance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 140 Maintenance timeframe . . . . . . . . . . 295
Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Information symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
Fitting attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Insulation testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
FleetManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Insurance cover on company premises . . 29
Accident recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Issue date of the operating instructions . .. 5
Fork arms
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 J
Fork extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Jacking up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Four-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Joystick 4Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 137 Fork-carriage sideshift . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fuse assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 138
Fuses Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 L
Lashing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
G
Lift cut out
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 2 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
General view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Lift mast
GS15 drivers seat Lubricating the roller track . . . . . . . . 331
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Adjusting the seat backrest . . . . . . . . 73 Securing against falling off . . . . . . . . 309
Adjusting the seat suspension . . . . . . 73 Securing against tilting backwards . . 308
Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Lift mast versions
Hi-Lo lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
H
Triplex lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Handling gas springs and accumulators . 35 Lift mast vertical position . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Hazard areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Automatic approach . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Hazard warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Hazards and countermeasures . . . . . . . . 20 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Hydraulic blocking function . . . . . . . . . . 132 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Possible restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Hydraulic uid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Run-in to end stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Hydraulic system Tilting the lift mast backwards . . . . . 127
Checking for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Tilting the lift mast forwards . . . . . . . 127
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
356 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Index
g
Lifting system Maintenance work without special

Controlling using a double qualications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Malfunctions during lifting mode . . . . . . 130
Controlling using a quadruple Measuring the batterys insulation
mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Controlling using a triple mini-lever . . 136 Measuring the insulation resistance of
Controlling using the joystick 4Plus . 138 the electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Controlling with the ngertip Medical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Message
Multi-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 APPLY HANDBRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Operating devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 EMERGENCY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . 230
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 LOWER FORKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6 REFERENCE CYCLE . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Load SAFETY BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Picking up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 SEAT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Setting down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 SERVICE BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Messages
Load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Screen content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Load chains Mini console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Misuse of safety systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Load measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 MSG 65/MSG 75 drivers seat
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Adjusting the backrest extension . . . . 77
Zero adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Adjusting the lumbar support . . . . . . . 76
Lubricating the joints and controls . . . . . 315 Adjusting the seat backrest . . . . . . . . 75
Adjusting the seat suspension . . . . . . 76
M Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Maintenance data table . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Switching the seat heater on and off . . 77
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Multi-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Controls/joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 134
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
General lubrication points . . . . . . . . 303
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 N
Lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Load chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Running axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Steering axle/drive axle . . . . . . . . . . 304
O
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Opening/closing the battery door . . . . . 259
Maintenance for trucks used in cold Operating company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Operating devices for hydraulic and
Maintenance personnel for batteries . . . 294 traction functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 357

Index
g
Operating materials Reversible fork arm

Quality and quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Operating procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 Reversible fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Operating the service brake . . . . . . . . . 119 Roadways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 108
Operating the signal horn . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Rotating beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Ordering spare parts and wearing parts . 301 Rules for roadways and the working
Overhead guard area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
S
Roof loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Overview Safety inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 Safety regulations for maintenance
Identication points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
P Set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Working on the electrical equip-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Parking brake
Working on the hydraulic equip-
Mechanical parking brake . . . . . . . . 120
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Parking the truck securely . . . . . . . . . . 282
Safety regulations for working on the lift
Personnel qualications . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Picking up loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Safety regulations when driving . . . . . . 104
Place of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Safety regulations when handing loads . 147
Procedure if truck tips over . . . . . . . . . . 248 Safety regulations when handling the
Production number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Prohibition of use by unauthorised Battery weight and dimensions . . . . 253
persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Damage to cables and battery male
Proper usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Fire protection measures . . . . . . . . . 252
Q
Lifting accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Quadruple mini-lever Maintenance personnel . . . . . . . . . . 251
Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Schematic views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
R
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Recommissioning after storage . . . ... 286 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Reducing speed when turning . . . . ... 122 Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Reducing speed with a raised load . ... 109 Fastening on a steep slope . . . . . . . . 98
Resetting the daily kilometres . . . . . ... 222 Maintaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Resetting the daily operating hours . ... 222 Malfunctions due to cold . . . . . . . . . . 98
Residual dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 17 Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Residual risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 17 Replacement after an accident . . . . 317
Retrotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 29 Selecting the drive direction . . . . . . . . . 111
Selecting the driver PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
358 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Index
g
Set values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Transporting pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Setting the drive programs . . . . . . . . . . 108 Triple mini-lever
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Tilting the lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Types of lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Shutting down the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Telescopic mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Special overhead guard for drive-in Tyres
racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Safety principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Special risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 U
Starting drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Unlocking the emergency off switch . . . . 82
Dual-pedal version . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Using batteries in the cold store . . . . . . 212
Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Using working platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Steering system V
Checking for correct function . . . . . . 100 Valve cover
Storing the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
StVZO (Road Trafc Licensing Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Regulations) information . . . . . . . 66 Variants
Switching off the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Access authorisation with PIN code . . 86
Switching on the key switch . . . . . . . . . . 83 Accident recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
T Automatic lift cut out . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Clamp locking mechanism . . . . . . . . 191
Technical data Clipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 FleetManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Three-way mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Fork extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Lifting/lowering the fork carriage . . . 136 Hi-Lo lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Topicality of the operating instructions . .. 5 Lift mast vertical position . . . . . . . . . 124
Tow coupling Lifting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Maintaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Load measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Tow coupling RO*230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Reducing speed with a raised load . . 109
Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Reversible fork arms . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Uncoupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Special overhead guard for drive-in
Tow coupling RO*244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Triplex lift mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Uncoupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Towed load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 VDI datasheet
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 RX50-10 and RX50-13 . . . . . . . . . . 339
Proper use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 RX50-15 and RX50-16 . . . . . . . . . . 343
Trailers Vertical lift mast position
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Checking for correct function . . . . . . 103
Transport of swinging loads . . . . . . . . . 154 View of functions and operations . . . . . . .. 9
55048011501 EN - 12/2015 359

Index
g
View of operating procedures . . . . . . . . . . 9 Windscreen wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . 203

Views of the display operating unit . . . . . 10 Working at the front of the truck . . . . . . . 308
Visual inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Working on the electrical equipment . . . 306
Working on the hydraulic equipment . . . 306
W Working spotlights
Warning regarding non-original parts . . . 32 Automatically switching on/off . . . . . 202
Wedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Lift-height-controlled switching
Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Wheels and tyres Manually switching on/off . . . . . . . . 201
Checking condition and wear of the Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Checking the condition . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Z
Checking wheel fastenings . . . . . . . 320 Zero adjustment of the load measure-
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
360 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

STILL GmbH
55048011501 EN 12/2015

Still RX 50 en 2015 Manual Web PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Still RX 50 en 2015 Manual Web PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Still RX 50 en 2015 Manual Web PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Original instructions

Electric forklift truck

5060 5061 5063 5065 5066

Address of manufacturer and

55048011501 EN - 12/2015 III

Changes and retrotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 29

Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 123

Controlling attachments using a quadruple mini-lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 182

55048011501 EN - 12/2015 VII

EMERGENCY SWITCH message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

VIII 55048011501 EN - 12/2015

Information for carrying out maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 294

Checking the lift cylinders and connections for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

EC declaration of conformity in accordance with Machinery Directive

We declare that the

Industrial truck according to these operating instructions

conforms to the latest version of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.

Personnel authorised to compile the technical documents:

See EC compliance declaration

Information about documentation

Issue date and topicality of the

Copyright and trademark rights

Explanation of information symbols

ArbSchG German labour protection law

BGG Employers liability insurance association act

BGR Employers liability insurance association rule

ISO International standard

l/min Litres per minute

LAN Local area network

m/s Metres per second

m/s2 Metres per second squared

a.s. And similar

View of the display operating unit

Disposal of components and

Proper use during towing

The truck may not be operated in areas where

The operating company must ensure suitable

Parking in temperatures below -10C

Using working platforms

The risks can include:

The manufacturer is not held responsible for

Special risks associated with using

time the truck is used in a manner that falls

Overview of hazards and counter-

Hazard Measure Check note Notes

Hazard Measure Check note Notes

Hazard Measure Check note Notes

operational hazards are involved, they must

Denition of responsible persons

regarding the industrial truck to be tested

Driver rights, duties and rules of be-

Prohibition of use by unauthorised

Essentials for safe operation

Changes and retrotting

When carrying out welding work on the

In the event of the manufacturer going into

Changes to the overhead guard and

Warning regarding non-original parts

Damage, defects and misuse of